Search results

(21 - 40 of 43)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple G ~ insights ~ intoG~~~~~ ~ ~ culture and participation i n short conversations. ~~b~~~~~~~ materialsavailable. (Fa//, spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply t o a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. I n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered o n demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t pansion of Aims at developing and refining the stuof reading skills through selections from use of German as a vehicle for the New Testament and other Hellenistic expressing his own ideas and opinions. writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough the Greek text. (Prereq.: 772 0' #. Fall) language, use of German as classroom (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE 451 GERMAN PROSE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Japanese Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in Norway recommended. (Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.) Consult department for details. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Studies. TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411 plus required education courses, including special methods. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING PREPARATION: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 172 or equivalent.) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Offered alternate years) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice i n spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of class for course offerings, and Russiam Area Studies in this catalog. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (711, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring) 223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student t o the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle t o maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and t o integrate into American society on the other. (On Demand) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate years.) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #. Spring 7980, alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de- velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352, Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.; and non-Western. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years a language at the college level (0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o One course credit) to be defmded before a faculty committee. M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty schedules and student registration. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. ~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA 412 ENGLAND I N THE TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and o n the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and i t s effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention i s given to overseas emigration. 463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments i n this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus o n Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 464 M O D E R N CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions o f the 20th century. 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa. breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires i n Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the An introduction t o the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns t o be found in our physical and human environment. MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted t o department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study i n areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities i n one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r equations, exponents a n d radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN ALGEBRA 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa/ I ) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years) COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation between student and department. 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods.Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, at Hennepin County Medical Center, 106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics: Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology. courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s closely with the Medical Technology equivalent should expect to spend two adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in antee that all students will be accepted by the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship. logy major is not designed for persons Students must negotiate directly with the w h o already have t h e baccalaureate hospitals involved. - degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hear- ings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agenciesfor work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending on . proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed o n Norwegian urban development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. C. South American Urban Semester (SA U S) This "semester in the city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student .elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and in- 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA - Readings. discussions, and lectures in " , both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. -382 dependent study. FIELD EN'ERlENCE 383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major in Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform in music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies in'cluding at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective i n speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need t o apply for internshipsites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ- izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented i n parallel, rather than i n sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fa 11) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE O F MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. 330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Fall) Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music theory and history classes t o the study of 20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring, alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N BEHAVIOR Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. MUSIC THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. RECITALS Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation a quality perforand presentation mance. Instruments: Technique as ertoire~performance. rep- MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The music organizations exist not onlyfor the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes t o PERFORMANCE STUDIES participate in groups affording - opportun. . Vocal and instrumental instruction i s ity for musical expression. The student available t o all students. For statement of must be carrying at least two courses each fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is course credit. (Fall, Spring) required. No course credit. Brass Ensemble** Piano Choir* Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale** mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band* in piano taken after the piano proficiency Jazz Ensemble** examination has been passed may be apOrchestra* plied toward the music major or minor. String Ensemble** Woodwind Ensemble** Organ *Membership by audition. Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor. Natural Science Chairperson: Earl R. Alton NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas ~ approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Physical Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses i s designed t o provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general educa- tion requirements of the college and, i n the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES 7 COURSES - Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111, 112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry I n order t o make the program slightly more flexible, it i s recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology SCIENCE - 7 COURSES Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis-Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. 1. Chemistry Major Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry in place of Chemistry 362 Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit) Physics 245 - Modern physics 2. Physics Major Physics 245 - Modern Physics Physics 351 - Mechanics I Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory Three additional Physics courses t o be selected from the following: Physics 261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II; Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II; Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics 486, Quantum Mechanics. BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding t h e Weather (the alternative course not taken i n the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R Candidates requesting certification bas'ed upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation i n chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers an upper division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. i n the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the nursing - major. . I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is highly recommended. The required courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission t o the major. An upper division science course is required and must be completed during the first year of study in the nursing major. This is to be selected after consultation with a nursing faculty advisor. Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I (!h course) This course will present principles of teaching and learning within a process framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The students will have an opportunity t o assess their own learning style, write behavioral objectives and develop a teaching plan for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II (1/2 course) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT I n this course the student will examine elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a holistic assessment of an elderly person. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH Students will assess their own leadership style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303.) The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design a research project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill Focuses on systems theory, change theory and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Students will do a health assessment of a client and will explore a community health issue related t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.) This course will examine the diversity of American families. Content includes the structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of situational and developmental crisis events. The emerging role of the nurse in providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 423.) 311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community values of cultural groups as they relate to health care and the nurse's role in a community health team. Strong clinical component for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.) This course deals with the integration of communication, leadership theory and the professional nurse role in the context of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I The preceptorship practicum offers the student an opportunity to implement a negotiated learning contract in a selected practice setting. This approach provides opportunities for developing objectives, selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s), client and agencies, in providing complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.) groups i n a selected practice setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken concurrently with or following Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership theory t o I n depth study of a learner-selected topic or issue. Students must consult with faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration. Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241,242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual i n the Renaissanceand the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247.) 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? I n innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in astudy of the m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Suggested prior course, 730 or 344.) 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or one course in natural science.) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 247, 242, 343, 344 or #.) 430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from the corrective therapy coordinator. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. 234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared t o spend some weekends participating in these activities. (7/2 course. Spring) 243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703. Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL 223 TEAM SPORTS CHILD Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) (See Health Education) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D RHYTHMS Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (7/2 course. Interim) (See Health Education) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years only) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re- education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354 Summer school only) HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL AFFILIATlON 115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103, l . 108, 111; Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Chem. 103 or 105; 105; 231, Includes actual hospital experience i n 241. four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485, HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.) ]OR: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n an area of physical education. O p e n only t o junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231, 110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) Education of the exceptional child with special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand evaluation of tests in heaith and physical education. (spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background,legal bases,school health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics - Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. - - H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early i n their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 FOR LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed to serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing " solid state devices. The study of diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, with applications t o both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSlvE An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.* H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 160 W O R L D POLITICS Introduction t o the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D PROCESSES The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in th: electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional i n non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f election years.) An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1 (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS 459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES (See Section II for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue t o inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY: METROPOLITAN RESOURCES 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction t o the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel environments such as outer space, animal & machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705) 264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, A N D ANALYSIS I, II A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II. Majors i n psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory i n respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Study of selected areas and topics i n psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior t o registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #). 399 INTERNSHIP 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal Issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. . 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students i n psychology. Students must present a written plan prior t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r especially for majors to be taken i n the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied t o the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR: The Minnesota Department of Education does not at the present timegrant teacher certification for a religion major or minor. To prepare for teaching about religion in public schools, the student should work closely with the Religion Department t o design a program which includes: a) a major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or secondary teaching, and b) a religion major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355, 356, 360, 363 and 471. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N THE LlFE O F THE CITY The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7987-82) See under Department of Philosophy 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY 353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N AMERICA An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and 361 C H U R C H FATHERS 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological thought of the Protestant reformersof the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA A study of the development of religion i n America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this country. 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H (See under Department of Music) 399 INTERNSHIP Limited t o students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found i n his writings. (Offered 1981-82) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 1980-81) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY structive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con- Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian A r e a Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. MAJOR: 11 courses 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course i n Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course i n Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives. M I N O R : 6 courses 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 1 course i n Russian history 1 course i n Soviet politics 1 course in Marxist theory 1 other course from the approved list of electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred l o e l MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign languages. 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given t o O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Offered Spring, 1981.) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See under Department of Music. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis o n conditions and developments i n the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE - AMERICAN The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand) 351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7987) 352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980) 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of Religion. Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar. Term (SUST). 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching i n social studies. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned i n any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2 non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of these must be upper division. 2. 2 political science courses. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business; Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc. 362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365, Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, sociology. vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC. 362 or 365. D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS EMPHASIS 6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122, 14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th term of collegework in a modern sion, from economics, history, political foreign language. science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332, clude: Poli. Sci. 363, 461. I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any disciplines. one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258, 2. 5 or more courses from another of the 495, seminar, independent study or disciplines other than history. interim course on a relevant topic; 3. 1 American history course (may be Part Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar, of requirement 1). independent study or interim course 4. 1 social science methodology course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351, from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot. 380, 381, 382, seminar, independent 362 or365 (may be Part of requirement study or interim course on a relevant 1 or 2). topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS lege work in a second modern foreign language. 1. Hist. 103, The Modern World. 2. 12 courses in non-Western studies, Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from with at least 4 disciplines represented, each of five disciplines, selected from the from the following: Econ. 122, 258; f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science, nar, independent study, or interim psychology, and sociology. The selection course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. of courses must be approved by one of 351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science ent study, or interim course on a relemajor. Social W o r k Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as to sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year. SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. Completion of aspecialization i s noted on the transcript. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. .: .. I.. .. -,:. ' - Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim) viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior. Spring) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL W O R K Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi- 364 FIELD W O R K I 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL W O R K Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD WORK Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. ('/z course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (#half or full credit. Interim) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. Sociology Chairperson: G . Nelson MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take ad- vantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted to a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE M O D E R N METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring) The first course in atwo-coursesequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative informa- tion. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and Psych. 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 777 or 127 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #. Fall) - 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal contai'ning rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN SOCIETY See under Department of Political Science. 351 Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL COMMUNICATlONS action through verbal and non-verbal I, II messages; emphasis on factors that build relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art munication barriers. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N See under Department of English A study of group dynamics and leadership 242 FILM-MAKING with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups See under Department of Art. and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate years.) 480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N Cooperative investigation o f topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233, 243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 C. in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation i n dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course,and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor i n English. and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Spring, alternate years) 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice i n reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization,crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Offered alternate years). 229 STAGE DESIGN I lntroduction t o scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 361 THEATER HISTORY Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.) 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.) 366 STAGE DIRECTION I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper dividion students only. Spring) 233 ADVANCED ACTING 367 STAGE DIRECTION I1 This course explores t h e elements o f characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor. Spring.) 429 STAGE DESIGN II 399 INTERNSHIP Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1 Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) - Advanced design projech based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary M a j o r - - - . Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARD OF REGENTS+' Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Oscar M. Austad President The Austad Company Sioux Falls, South Dakota James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee Dr. Paul B. Batalden Program Director, Health Services Research St. Louis Park Medical Center St. Louis Park, Minnesota Arley R. Bjella Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota The Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman Chairman, Academic and Student Affairs Committee *as of September, 1979 Dr. Harold I. Lunde Executive Vice PresidentAdministration Kobacker Stores, lnc. Columbus, Ohio Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota William A. Nelson, jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo Member of Congress Fifth District-Minnesota Washington, D.C. Bertil Sandberg President, N. H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack Professor, Church History Lut.her Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake Group Vice President Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson Mary Lou Williams President Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock Chairman Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson *SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg College B *JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University * D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University *LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Barbara -Santa ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University * J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of Minnesota *LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach F SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities, Ph.D., University of Minnesota HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University o f Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota *BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) *JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of Kentucky MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia * D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota *MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota M J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska *LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University of Minnesota ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Seminary Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University *BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University * J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of America *DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) - EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music *WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974, Mankato State University *MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of Pittsburgh IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ) *LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado *VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University *BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) *PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977. NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. .Avalon Okerson ...... FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker .Beverly Wegge Registrar ............................................. Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach .Bonnie Wallace Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte .Pamela Louisa Assistant Registrar ..................................... Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson ......... DEVELOPMENT ........................ .Glen W. Johnson ...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland ............................. .Michael Walgren Vice President for Development Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... , Associate Director, Alumni and Parent Giving ....................................... Executive Secretary .................................... ....... .A. B. Batalden .Jeroy Carlson .Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information.. Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison .... ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange Assistant Director Bill Ross .Sue Bonner Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson ..................................... ..................... STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine INDEX ........... Academic Administration 47 Academic Life ..................... 14 Accreditation ....................... 7 Administration ................... 156 Admission to the College ........... 31 Advanced Placement ...............34 Advanced Standing ................ 34 American Indian Programs 26 American Studies .................. 56 Anthropology .................... 139 Art, Department of ................. 57 Biology. Department of ............. 60 Black Student Programs ............ 26 Board of Regents ................. 116 Business Administration ............ 63 Calendar ...................... Cover Campus Map ...................... 70 Certification Programs .............. 22 Chemistry. Department of .......... 71 Chinese ........................... 87 Classification ...................... 54 Communications ................. 141 Computer Science ................ 101 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................. 19 Continuing Education .............. 22 Corrective Therapy ................ 19 Costs .......................... 35. 44 Course Descriptions ................ 56 Course Value ...................... 54 Credit by Examination .............. 54 Dean's List ........................ 52 Degrees ........................... 23 Divisional Organization ............ 47 East Asian Studies .................. 74 Economics ........................ 67 Education. Department of .......... 75 Engineering ....................... 81 English. Department of ............. 81 Enrollment ........................ 55 Expenses ....................... 35, 4 Faculty ........................... 147 Financial Aid ...................... 35 Five-College Cooperative ........... 18 Food Service ...................... 29 Foreign Language, Department of ................... 86 French ............................ 87 44 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements ................... 15 .......... .......... Geography ........................ 99 German ........................... 90 Glossary of Terms ................... 4 Grading ........................... 50 Graduates ......................... 55 Graduation Requirements 48 Graduation with Distinction 32 Greek ............................ 92 Health Education ................. 719 Health Service ..................... 29 History of Augsburg College 6 History. Department of ............. 96 Honors Program ................... 22 Housing ....................... 27, 45 Independent Study ................ 52 Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25 Intercultural Center ................ 26 Inter-Institutional Programs 75 International Students .............. 27 Internship Program ................ 22 Japanese .......................... 92 Journalism ........................ 83 Library Science .................... 80 Location ........................... 6 Majors ............................ 15 Mathematics, Department of ........ 99 Medical Technology .............. 702 Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102 Music, Department of ............. 104 Music Therapy .................... 108 Nature and Objectives .6 of Augsburg ............... Natural Science ................... 109 22 New Dimensions Program Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7 Norwegian ........................ 93 Numbering of Courses ............. 55 Nursing .......................... 111 Personnel of the College .......... 147 16 Pre-Professional Training 113 Philosophy, Department of Physical Education ................ 116 Physical Plant ...................... 12 Physics, Department of ............ 120 Political Science, Department of .................. 123 Probation and Dismissal ............ 49 Psychology, Department of ........ 126 Regents, Board of ................. 146 45 Refunds ......................... Registration ....................... 49 .......... ........ ......... ......... .., .......... ........... ........ Religion. Department of ........... 129 Religious Life ...................... 24 Russian Area Studies .............. 132 Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133 Scholarships. Grants ................ 35 Social Science Majors ............. 134 135 Social Work. Department of Sociology. Department of .......... 138 Spanish ........................... 94 Speech. Department of ............ 141 Student Life ....................... 24 Student Rights ..................... 29 ....... Student Services ................... 25 Study Abroad ...................... 20 Summer School .................... 22 Symbol (#) ........................ 55 Theater Arts ...................... 143 Transdiciplinary Major 145 Transfer t o Augsburg 32 Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44 Veterans .......................... 53 Visiting the Campus ................. 7 Work-Study ....................... 35 ............ ............... CATALOG 1980-82 AUGSBURG COLLEGE This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the 1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog, with page number references. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Accreditation and Memberships National League for Nursing National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. College Costs 1981-82 Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00 600.00 Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ........................... 300.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................ Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00 986.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ....................................... Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medical Technology (Senior Fee) .............. 5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ............ Class, per semester ....... 150.00 50.00 600.00 Music Therapy Internship (one course credit) ............ 600.00 POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 2 Summer 1981 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Financial Aid/l7-18 Gift Assistance Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s $1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office. Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Scholarships/20-23 Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Departmental Scholarships Chemistry Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded The Rev. and Mrs. study of history. annually to a history major. 0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the Music Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in church music. Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded annually to a music therapy student. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in political science. Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-BusinessAdministration Elementary Education Engineering' English Foreign Languages Chinese,l French German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,l Spanish Health Education History International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science Social Work Sociology Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education: Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics. Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5 5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl. Graduation Requirements/39-40 Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. 4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor i i1udenr5 whore complete academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a major i n Nursing. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology Psychology-Sociology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is, one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41 Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4 grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v the teacher along with the incomplete. J A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Art/49 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg College. Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341, 358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[ work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 181,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course. Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4) Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115; Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S. degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6) Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese 5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365: and the music major for Educ. 373. The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. ' (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods -. (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society -.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval) 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r , James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information and use libraries effectively.'(Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service. worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Germad75 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) M a t hematics/89-90 361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355) A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal ofoan procedures problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~ l Topics tnclude the general concept or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~. of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245) tlon, numer~r-a1 Computer Science Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs. Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers. Augsburg also has access to large r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota. ~~~~~~~r. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495. Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor. 145 Introduction to General Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods (See Mathematics 361, new number for this course) 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman, Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt. See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information, guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals; French o r German. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g 103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv and 1Sociology. ~ncluding Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362, 3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended], Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student who wishes to particrpate: Augsburg Choir Brass Ensemble Chorale String Ensemble Concert Band Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble Orchestra Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area. MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree. Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading. D ~ ~ r l nthe g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and Instruments are available for rent. jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50) designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present full Junior and Senior recitals. Examinations All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223,224 Theory MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of ~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt, and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224. Spr~ng) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature o i Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall) 375 Instrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p sites must be made n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded. and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Natural Science/99 Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245). Nursing/99 Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing. 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and Mathematics 122 or 125) 486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy -\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud. lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1982) Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land. aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) Social Science/l17 Social Science M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science l major: t h e General M a j o r and the Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d es t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected on In the Soc~al I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major. GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3: Hi5tory221,222; G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or 710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses i o n in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics. : Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^ Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course (Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4 disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440, 474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 : seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) on rhe high school level must complete, in Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~ addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History 222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or v sociology - o r incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work 118-119 Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*; and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. AUCSBURC COLLEGE Official publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue S. Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1989-1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: aster ofArts in Leadership Augsburg College 1989-1990 . ... -- John Gardner Augsburg ollege 731 21 t A enue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 IJnformation Sessions Individua ls interest din the l<tsler of Arls in L ader-!1ip program at Augsburg ollcgc are encouraged to 11lle...
Show more aster ofArts in Leadership Augsburg College 1989-1990 . ... -- John Gardner Augsburg ollege 731 21 t A enue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 IJnformation Sessions Individua ls interest din the l<tsler of Arls in L ader-!1ip program at Augsburg ollcgc are encouraged to 11llend an inform<1tion sessil n . Thes free, two-hour essit1n arc sch duled at various times prior to the beginning of a h trimester. Please call the Graduate Program Office (330-1786) to receive further details or to register for one of these information sessions: Saturday, October 21, 1989 9:00 - 11:00 AM Saturday, February 24, 1990 9:00 - 11:00 AM Saturday, April 21, 1990 9:00 - 11:00 AM Thursday, May 24, 1990 6:00 - 8:00 PM Thursday, June 21, 1990 6:00 - 8:00 PM Tuesday, July 17, 1990 6:00 - 8:00 PM For more information write or call: Graduate Program Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 6U/330-1786 Information Sessions ....... . ................ . . . . . ... .. . . . . . 2 Calendar for 1989-90 ........ .. . .. .......... ............... . 4 Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ........... . .. .. 6 Leadership Development Model ............. . ... . ..... . ... .. 7 Curriculum Design .. .. ..... .. . .. ...... .... ... .. ..... . .... . 9 Course Descriptions ......... ...... . .. . . . . .. ....... . .. .... . 10 Graduate Faculty ........... . ......... . .. .. . . .. ... .. ..... . 12 Library . ............. . ............ .... ... ................ 12 Accreditation and Affiliations ...... . ......... ............... 12 Student Support Services ......... ..... . ... ... . . . . . ....... . 13 Student Rights . .. ..... .... . .... .......... . .... .... . ...... 13 Admission Requirements .................. ... . ... . .. . ..... 14 Application Procedures .. . ...... ..... .. . .... ........... .. .. 14 Deadlines ........ . ...... . . . .............. ... , .. . . . ... . . . . 14 Evaluation Standards ....... . .. . .... . ...... .. . ........ .. . . . 15 Academic Policies .................. . .. . ... ... .. ......... . . 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ................. . .. ........... . 17 Financial Aid . ............................ .. . ... . ..... ... . 18 About Augsburg ............... .... . .. . . .. ................ 19 Campus Map . ... . .. . ... . ......... .. ...... ....... ... .... . 20 Campus Location ............. ..... .. . .. .. . . .... . ... .. .... 21 Faculty and Administration ................ . ... . ........... 22 Advisory Council to the Graduate Program .... . .... .......... 24 Jllaster of Arts in Leadership 1989-90 Calendar Saturday Schedule: 8:30 - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM Fall, 1989 Monday, August 14 Tuesday, September 5 Thursday, Sep tember 7 Saturday September 9 Monday, September 11 . " Ap plication Deadline Orientation/Registration Classes Begin Leader. hi p Practicum Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Classes Meet Saturday, September 16 Classes Meet Thursday, September 21 Saturday, September 23 Leadership Practicum Classes Meet Saturday, September 30 Classes Meet Thursday, October 5 Classes Meet Saturday, October 14* Thursday, October 19* Classes Meet Classes Meet SClturday, October 21* Classes Meet Thursday, October 26 Thursday, November 2 Leadership Practicum Classes Meet Saturday, November 4 Classes Meet Thursday, November 9 Classes Meet-Last day Saturday, November 18 to withdraw from class Last Class Saturday, December 2 Final Grades Due Monday, December 18 *denotes one week period between classes Attendance Policy Ea h la ·s meet for s vcn Saturdcy sessio ns a nd . ix 11rnr day session . Sine · it i. in the la. sn < m that l cide rs hip is ues are presl'nted, discussed ;md anal 1zed, rcgul,1 r al te nd. nee is high ly important , nd hmlid b unsidered a re pan ·ibility, not only to o ne's s If, but to on 's cla smM s a n Lhe our e in tructo r. Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, adversely affect one's grade. Winter, 1990 Wcdnc d, y, Jan uary 3 Thursday, January 4 Saturday, January 6 Monday, January 8 rie ntal ion / Registrnlion Classes Begin Leadership Practicum Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Classes Meet Saturday, January 13 Classes Meet Thursday, January 18 Classes Meet Saturday, January 27 Thursday, February 1 Classes Meet Silturday, February 10 Classes Meet Classes Meet Thursd av, February 15 Thursday, February 22 Leadership Practicum Classes Meet Saturdily, February 24 Classes Meet Thursday, March 1 Classes Meet-Last day to Saturday, Milrch 10 withdraw from class Thursday, March 15 Classes Meet Saturday, Milrch 24* Classes Meet Saturday, March 31* Last Class Final Grades Due Monday, A11 ril 9 *denotes one week period between classes Spring, 1990 Tuesday, April 3 Thursday, April 5 Silturday, Ap ril 7 Monday, April 9 Orientation/Registration Classes Begin Leadership Practicum last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Classes Meet Thursday, April 12 Classes Meet Saturday, April 21 Classes Meet Thursd(ly, April 26 Classes Meet Saturday, May 5 Thursday, May 10 Classes Meet Leadership Practicum Thursday, May 17 Classes Meet Saturday, May 19 Thursday, May 24 Classes Meet Classes Meet-Last day to withdraw from class aturd ay, June 2 Classes Meet Thursday, June 7 SatL1rday, June 16* Classes Meet Saturday, June 23* Last Class Final Grades Due Monday, July 2 *denotes one week p eriod between classes 6Jntroduction to the Master ofArts in Leadership Developing Leade1·s for Organizations and the Community The !faster of Arts in Lead rship re pond l the I ad r hip d ·velopm nt need of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While differ nt in lru lur and purpo e, m t organizati n eek I· aders with th fol lowin qualiti : • a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; • an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate nvironment; • a sensitivity to the mpl x problems organizations face, and an ability to achieve soluti ns consistent with an organization's mission; • the abil ity to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work tow, rd a common goal; and • the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The .J, stcr of Arl in Leader ·hip prnvides a m n b , whi h individuals aspiring to enhan c their leadership skill may discover and r fine the '· and th r abilities and aw< nm es fundamental to effective leadership. Acconunodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Th la t r f Arts in Leadership program i de ign d L meet the n d · <md pref r nc s of working adu lts. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance ()f cla room experience, group interaction and individual study. ~ach course is, therefore, divided into periods f tudy, gr(lup fhrt and la. prepardion. To accommodate this format for learning, each cla meet · on alternate Sahird, y fo.r thre and ne half hour and alternate Thursday evening· for one and on hal hours. leadership Development Model he Master of Arts in Leadership program promote lead r hip, a pro ess which 1) in pires cooperation among people who mu l compete for Umited resour es, 2) prom()te. productivity within a nd beyond the organization and 3) works t ward progr ·ss. To a compli h thi , individual aspiring to positions of lead rship must poss ss three k y attributes: a ens of vi ion, the abi.IHy to per ·u d and the, biJity to direct action. Underlying the e <1ltribu t i a broad range of abilitie and< waren sses. These <bilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram n page 7, s rv a p ifi outcomes for th Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of I ader hip dev •lopme.nt i d signed t a ·ess, prom tc, enhanc and refin these capabilities within the individual. Leadership Development Model /~ / \ Creative • nda l Lo ng-le rm pers pe li ve Y:lt,>xibilll y Adaptability lr111ovati\1e11ess aw, rcness • • "rwin.mni •11t,1I a\.varencs . . 1i l ~r.rnc or • • • • Effe live • Di pl omari c • abil ity Effective team memb >r ! nterpersunal Ap prl;'ci. tinn u( sit uational sensitivity Rik Ded ive Ass umptive • • C urio ily A hicvern ent motivation • ' if-este •m • · f~ ·c live • • • clfo nfid nee A11<1l)'lic11 l a b il ity • Abilit y to • think cril ica lly Understand ing of research Ab il ity lo manage connict A ppr •ela tion fo r ultural Effecti ve · pe11ker d iffemnc cnmp lexit • liste n •r writer phi loso phirn l Cul tucally Aware ommunicat ive r·elig iuu a nd • Fa~ i lit for Pers uasion O rientation toward Action Se nse of Vi ion • dirfet n es World·vicw per. peclive lblenrnce of indi vidual d iffcrences Community of Learners Ess nti.a l to the goals of th Master of Arts in Lead ership is participali n in a community of I arner . Learning can b enh, need when the stud nt is involved in a stab! immunity that pr vide opportunity and n uragem · nt for active participation both in and out of the classro m. Thi community will be enri hed by the pres n of men and wom en who bring to the program a vari ty of work and life exp ri n e . To facil itat th i kind f community interaction, Augsburg ' ncourages gradual stud · nts to make LLS of colleg faciliti .s u h as th library, meeting room and college center; to take the opportun it y of having ·ha red menls and off e br ak. ;to parlicipat in option al lunchtimes minars; and t , ttend th r college acti vities uch as nrnsi and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum . ,. Ma ter of Arts in Leadersh ip students e nroll in a half ourse all d "Leadership Pra ticum ." Student. ar r 1uired t enroll in th is professional assessment ;md development course fo r ix term d uring their graduate work at Augsburg. Upt n completion of lh entire practicum , tudimt r eive a half cour ·e red it. In ach term, one Saturday and one Thursday evening are devoted to "Leadership Practicum ." Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a fullday professional assessment to determine students' abilities and p oten tial 1 Jative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Oevelopm nt Model (see page 7). Assessment instruments in lude paper and pen i1 i:xercise ilnd simulati n and grol1 p e p · riences. r lluwing the as ssment student meet individually with a trnined asse sor who pr vid guidance in p 1· o.nal goal etling and in th e reation of a professiom1l development pl<l n r ''bl ue print :• In subsequent terms "Lendershi p Practicum" includes works h ps designed !o meet th ne cl (th , tudents in the following areas: ·ommunication kills, sdf-assessmenl mea:mP , group proces e , and other prof i nal developm nt l pies id ntified b graduate students and staff. "Leadership Practicum" concludes with a fin al assessment followed by an individual meeting with a trained assessor. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is composed of 12 courses. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines, en ourages pursuit of the d signated outcomes, and uses a vari ty of learni ng techn ique approprial to <1dull learners. lnstTuctional t -hniques .ir VMied, such as a e tudy, d bate, written a nd ora l pr s nl<1lions and group activity. These t liniqu , which have had demonstrated u es in advan ed ourses, develop targeted I adersh ip abililie · and under. landings. ontinual reinfo.rc m · nl oc ms as students employ th s capacitie in mul tiple ourses. Students Me en ouraged to se abilities and understandings as cm ·-disciplinar and to see content area · a inlegrat d. The very form of the prngrnm reflect the vi w that lhe world in which w op mt i omplcx and that dea ling with it successfull y requires well dt-vcloped integTative ability. Required Courses Include: ML 510 ML590 ML591 ML 592 ML500 Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during one of the first three trimesters) Thesis-Research Seminar I Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms.) Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken simultaneously with ML591 and in the term in which the thesis is completed) Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six trimesters) Students are required to complete eight additional courses chosen from the following courses: ML 511 Creativity and th e Problem-Solving Process Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth ML 520 ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 530 Ethics in Communication Th Dynamics of hange ML 531 I olitics, History and Leadership ML 540 ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions ML 550 Decision-Making Technology ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective Other courses as added D]ourse Descriptions MC. 510 Foundation of Leadership lntroducti n t the oncept of 1 ader hip, pr viding an histori al and philo ophi al framework for the progra m . Thi the nAtme and purp >se f lead 1" hip fr m a v<lriet < nd pers pectives. The rol of th liberal arts, vari u ·tyle , m thod of res arch and inquiry. student out mnes and progra m expectation are amin d . ML 511 Creativity and th e Prob! m-Solving Process E plor<i tion of a-ea tivity rom the per pe ti ve of trad itional , sthe L-i · as well , c nt mporar ' orga nizational thinking . Th ' · cour e uses er alivity a , method and it exa min ·s t · hnique for ( lving problem s in orga11izalions, fo r nh i'l n ing innovation, <1 nd for eeking an int grativ world-vie1 . ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth Ludy of U1e oncept of If-identity, value c nd p r · a related to profess ional and personal life. Thi C() Ul'S ma mploy p y h Jo ice I, philo "(>phi , I, , nd theolog ica l p rs pectives Lo explore the rol of the individual In the I, rger so ial ontext. Major topic in Jud th > cquis ition, development and ev lution of self- identity and values, the lnflue nc >f s rol , , nd th relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Cdtical Thought Investigation f the pro s e of criti al thinking drawing fr 111 philo phy and other di ip line . Thi· ours fo u son the relati 11ships between ideas a nd th expre ion nd appli at ion of ideas. Students, pply d ial ctical processes in the -ffective fo rmation, pre nlation and LIS f ideas in rga nizationa l structures. ML 530 Ethics in Communication lnterdi ciplinary study of ethics and c mmunication through the in\lestigation of a variety of ethical pers pe tives within human ommunic, lion. Thi course places pcu·ticul11r, ttenti n on the use 1111d abu e of communicati n in politi , advertising and interp rsonal r lationships. It mpha iz a ensitivity to ethicaJ o nflicts which ri e in social , nd organ izational settings. ML 531 The Dynamics of Change Examination f th processe by which change occurs. This course applies economic , nd sociological theories to such critical social i sues a human <111d na tural resource management. Emphasis is on identifying the need fo.r change, the m ans of initiating it and the ada ptation of social gr o ups to ch anije. ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership Ana lys is f the political a ·pects f n <1 tio n-sta t sa nd o ther rgan iz<ltions. This course Io u es on th p r e s f a hi ving individual . g rnup o r nali nal goal . Drawing n a variety of cultures nnd nati ns, it exarnines sig nificant his torical ven ts, nd the leaders who shaped them. ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions ··xp.loration of the m •tho d s of ma th >matica l reasoning as a .tru tu re for a pproa hing prob! m s. This course fo use o n th logi and rationale underlying mathe matica l mod I and an aly tica l d ecis i n meking techniq ues. ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology I i tori al a n. ly ·i (>f th d ecision ma king and prob! m olving pr es. . Th is course fo uses on the dcvelupm nt of te Im logy as both the a u. a nd the olutio n of pro bl m b inv stiga ting various cases. ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective Investigation of inter-cultural is u s. This our e nha n e the abilit' to lead c nd wo rk more effe·tively with peopl, of d iff r nt cultural backgro unds th ro ugh the tud of di ve r vnlu es. b lief a nd traditio ns within tlw g loba l community. ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in leadership First hal of n two- o ur e" ap to ne" equ n , f r the M s ter o r in Leadership prog rnm . T his comse provides ad1 ind ivid ucil th e o pportunity to dev lop a res ar h topi to ·y nthe ize pr vious tudy and wo rk exp ·•rience ;i nd to d em mstrate an und e rstand ing o f the prog rnm's principles. raded on a Pl ba i . ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings intinuatio n of th "c. ps to n "s mi nar. This e min ar focu s on th metho d of inquiry a nd resul ts of individual projects. t the om pl tio n of th semina r tu dents prese.nt their fin, I result orally a nd submi t wr.itte n th se . rad d o n a PIN ba is. ML 500 Leadership Practicum A prof·ssional ass s ment a nd d ev l prnen l ourse wh ic h span s ·ix term . Thi course includ es a full-day pr fess io na l a · me nt and s ubsequen t work. ho p · in the fc !lowing nreas: co mmunicatio n kill , elf-a sessme nl mea ure , gr(lup process s. he cours • culminat sin a fin al professional ass ssm n t. H nlf er •d it. ra d ed on a P/N basis. ML 592 Thesis Consultation A ri s f meetings wi th a fac ulty th is ad ls r simultane u with ML 591 and during Lhe h·im •ster in w hi h the thesis is b ing pre par d fo r fin nl ubmi s io n . Half red it. raded o n I /N bas i . tudenls not o mpleling the l'hesis during th • sa m · t rm in w hich they are enrolled in M 591 , r requir d to regi te r fo r •rn1e is in ultation" during ead1 . u b quent te rm un l'il the thesis is completed. ~raduate Faculty faculty leaching in the gradual pr gram ar full-lime senior fa lilty with doctorates or a ppro priate profe sional degr · e . ome courses are tea m taug ht, by bringing together faculty from diffe rent disciplin s or combining a fac ul ty memb r with prnfe sio nal from relevant field . l. n th s itu ations, at leas t one mem b r f the team has a Ph.D. and substantial leaching perience. All of the program faculty have extensive expedence teaching adult learners. Gradu, te faculty are listed at th nd of this bulletin. • ibrary \• The Augsburg library houses ovei: 160,000 books, period ica ls, r ords, tap sand films. Mu i , ' hemi try ctnd A rt I is tory librarie ,1re lo ated within the departmentctl ct r as. Ac e s to over 1,000,000 volume is a ailable via laily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill R ference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. B)ccreditation and Affiliations tudents who u C' sfti llyc m plete Au ·burg' l , dershi p progrc m will receive a Maste r of Arts 0 gre . Augsburg is a credit •d by th North enh·a l Association of oil ges and ch.uols. Th college is, m mb r of th As o iated o lleg of the Twin itie (ACT1 ), uth eran Educa tio n oun ii in orth America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is regi tered with th Minnesota Hi >her Education oordinati ng Board . Registrati n i not a n e ndorsement of the in titution. R gis trnlion does not (necessarily) mea n that redit fl rned ctt the in tituli n can transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the edu alional programs would meet the s tiindards of every student, educationa l institution, or employer. L:Jtudent Support Services The Augsburg Graduate Program assists students in making education and career plans, in working on their personal development, and in participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services a re Ii t · d below. Academic Planning In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadersh ip Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and the Graduate Program staff. Career Planning Services Career Services available are • professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (3 O-Tl62) • development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) • tudent Rights Th College has, dopted a statement of tudent right and responsibilities and has provided for due pro ss in the matters of disciplinary action, grievanc s <n'd gr, de appe, I. Any tudent w ho wi he to identify appropriate procedmes for a com plain t should contact the Vi Presid nt for tudent Affairs. (Ph.on 330-1160) The lhge operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy A l, nd Title TX. Students hav the right to in pe tall official r c rd whi h pertain to th m and which are mainta in din the .Registrar's Off.i e and the Pl acemen! ffice ( c pt where a waiv r f ac · s h, · been igned) and to hallenge inac urale or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Bldmission Requirements Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applirnnts to the program are expected to have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0). Applicants to the program mu.st have five y ar of xp rien (or equivalent) with one OJ" mor organization in, position(s) of leadersh ip or position(s) demons trating leader ·hip potential. Decisions about admission to the progr. m will be made on an individual basis by the Graduate Pn.Jgram Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's • • • • • previous college record, letters of recommendation, experience and organizational background, Miller Analogies Test scores and written statement and possible interview. Alpplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Graduate Program Office: • • • • • • • ompleted application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing n leadership aspirations. Lett r of recommendation from an imm diat st1p · rvisor, a ·sessin leadersh ip pot ntial. Letter of r omm ndation from o-worker (at-the sa me lev 1) describing applicant's work style and potential a a leader. Official transcripts of undergraduate and grn duat work from >a h insLitution attended indicating degrees conferred. Official set of results on the Mi.Iler Analogie Te l . Po ·sible interview with grad uate pr gra m staff m mber. Fall Trimester, 1989-Monday, August 14, 1989 Winter Trimester, 1989-Monday, November 27, 1989 Spring Trim ster, 1989-Monday, March 5, 1990 Fall Trime lei~ 1990-Monday, August 13, 1990 Jlvaluation Standards Evaluation of academic perform ance for the Master of Arts in Leadership will be based o n num ber grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard P Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and nonpunitive - not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when course is dropped Inco mplete grade g iven in a e w he re s tud nt is unabl Lo C\lm pl le o ur c requir "ments foi' reaso ns b yond th e student's co ntrol (to receive a n inc:umpl ct , a tud nt mu st file , p ·lit io n with lh rn ctua l Progran1 s ta ff ra ting reas ns fo r th r ·quest, the plan , n l dal'e for re moving the incom p le te g rad e, Lhe s ig nature of th ins tru ·to1;, nd ;m y o t'h r n ·e sa ry documentation) . . ot mo re than l\ <> o ur e w ith a grad e below 3.0 w ill count towa rd Lhe d g r e. N l mo re than two courses w ith a grade below 2.0 can be re peated . O nly the redit nnd rild arned th e second time are counted in the grade point average. Alcademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumu lativ<:> grade point average. lf a student fall below a 3.0 average, the t:udent will b plnced on probation for the following te rm. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restor d in ord r fl r a stud nt t b r moved fro m probation. lf a student receiv ·' a grade f in a cour·s , the tudent mu t petition successfu lly with the raduate Program ommitl e before being permitted t onlinu in th program. A plan for the student to follow wou ld be ou tlined at tlrnt tim . If the umulative grade point· averag again fu ll b low .0, the student may be dismissed fr m the program b ' U1e raduate Program mm itt . tudcnts al ·o may be dismiss cl by the raduat Progra m ommill' for b havior d trimental lo th program such a a gr · violation of college policy (as publ' h d in Lhe tudcn l uide). Di missal would o ur nl ,1ft 1· stabli hed pro edm s were followed. Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlik I that course taken elsewhere ma b ub tituted for a particular course in the\ urri ulum . Stt1dents may petition the radu ate Program ommill'e for appm al of any vilrin tion in the urri ul um including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other training. Credit and Contact Hours ·Cl h g raduate cour e in th Master o( Arts in Le. dership program is the equivalent of four emestcr credit or six quarter redil . tudents meet in cln • total of 30 hou rs (e eluding fimil s) and are responsible for a ign ificant amount of individu I ·tudy and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence tudent ma r take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two cour 'S per trimest · r enables a tudent to ompl •t · th pr gram in two year . All students are requir d to complete th program with in fo ur year . · tensions beyond four years will be onsidered on the ba i of p titi n t the ,raduat• Program Commit! e. Students wht> I ave the program for more than one term mu ·tr ques t a leilve of ab en e in writing from th Graduate Program ommittee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The las t date on which students may withd raw from a class and receive a "W" on their record s is noted on p p. 4 and 5. $25.00 Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) $750.00 Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 guarter credits or 4 semester credits) $100.00 Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) $125.00 Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) $50.00 La~ fi· ( harg d to a ny student regi teri ng aft r the · hedu l d registration date. Late registration per day includes in o mplet t ·gistrati n as d ·fined: , ) Unsig n •d R gi !ration form r b) Unapprov d Payment Plan) Registration Change After First Class Meeting $5.00 (cancel/add /change grade option, or combination at one time) $2.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge : A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fees The application fee ($25) i due on or bef r th , pplication deadline for a given term . Th' $100 no n-refundabl d posit reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration . Payment Options* 1) Paymen t in Full: ue Day of Registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or eguivalent, which are company reimbursed require ad · p(> it of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment d ue with in 45 days after the end of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more. Tuili n is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the begin ning of each trim est r. R >gistrat i.on is permitted only if the student's accmml for a previ u term i paid in full as agreed. Augsburg ollege will not release diplomas or a ad -mi transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full . This also appl'ies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-s ufficien t-fund check w ill declare yo ur registratio n in va lid and cou ld affect furth er credit extended by the college- Refund Schedule A per-course tuition r fund will be made n the fo llow ing ba is: (In order to b ligi bl > fo r th r~·fund, students arc res pon ibl for c,in elling om se with the Registrn r's ffice.) Prior to th first ch du led la · m ting - 100% Prior to the second sch eduled la me ting - 90% Prior to the third chedul d c.lass meeting - 80% Prior t th fo ur th ~ heduled cl<i meeting - 70% Prior to the fifth scheduled class m eting - 60% Prior to th ·ixth s h duled clas m elin - 50% D inancial Aid ... . In fl number o wa , student ma 1 r ei v a i ta n e in m ting G rad uat Pr grn m co. t ·. Enrollm ·nt in two courses per trimc ter , llow the tudent to b classified as full-tim ' · O n omse i • considered half-time enrollment. The Financial Aid Office (330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial need and constructing an aid/payment program from available alternatives, including the following: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Ma ny compa nie , gencie and corporation off r full r partial tui tion assistan ce to employ s w ho participate in work-r>laLed or deg r' -r l a t~ d olleg p rogram . Augs bu r ollcge prov.ides v nil pay m nt plan by w hich employe may ha nd l tuit i n reimburscm n t. Federal and State Aid Programs The Fi na ncial Aid Offic w ill assist stud ents in determining el igi bil ity for a ny Fi deral or t te g rant or loa n program availabl to graduat students. Det r111irn1tio11 of eligibili ty will be based on slu nda rd nationally acce pted fo rms an d method.ologie incl ud ing: • Family Financial Statement (FFS) • Financial Aid Form (FAF) • Graduate and Professional Scholastic Aid Service Funded Scholarships Augsbur active.I purs ue outside funding ror p cial scholarships to facilit, le the participation of qualifi d ca nd ida t wi th limited fi nancial resO LLrC s. The availability of uch ·cholar h ip enabl th p rogra m to guarante the participation f indi viduals of limi ted fi nancial means a well a individual worki ng for v lunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Alternative payment plans will be available to all students for the payment of tuition. Veterans of Military Service Aug bmg Co!Jege is a pproved by the State A ppr ving Ag ncy for Vet ran' · Trnining . Vi teran hould c ntac t the Reg i ·trn r's O ffice about 'Clmpl tion of the enrollment rtifica ti n an d forwarding oth r inf rm ation to the Veteran's Administratio n. Albout Augsburg History ugsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans ill America . Named after the confession of faith presented by Lu thera n in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in Sept mb r 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location ampu s i lncnt din the he(lrt of th Twin it:i •s, uar , the firs t of 'JS~ pm·ks in th e '1 ity of Llikes:' · djacen t to the , mpu are Faii;vi w an I I. Mary' I lo:;pita l , th' We t l3ank ·a mpu of the Univ 1 ii of inn . ot·1 and Mississippi River parkways. ugsburg' su 1'1'o unding Murph Accessibility Augsburg College ha s made i major eff rt· tti b Cl>me n of the mo lccc ssiblecampu · in he r -g io n. kywa • , tunnels;ind el valor provide accc ·sible connections bet we n 9 of the 1 l major bu ild in · - stude nt ho us in towe r , o llege en te 1~ main a adem i and ad mini trativ · ha lls, ll e librnry and mus ic build ing. In addition, there is a program for students with learning or physical disabilities . Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 59% of th e students are Lutheran, 14% other Protestant and 19% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are re presented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Aug·burg ollcgedoesnotdiscrimin ateon th • ba ·i. fra e, r'ed, na tional or thni o rigin, a , rnal.'il11l tatu , " or h<111'di ap « r qu iPd by Till IX f th ·1 72 Education al Amendments of ection 504 o the Rehabilitation Act of 1 73 as< m · nded in it ,id mi ssi n policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. • ampusMap 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall OldMain West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Square 12.Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. Scandinavian Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Youth and Filmily Ministry A. Admissi ('l n Parki ng B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts I~ J Accessible Entrance Parking All po ted Aug burg 'ollege parking I I ill' fre and op n f r student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through aturday v ning. Lo is are I cated on 7th Slr l between 2'1 t and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. liampus Incation I I I N I I <$> From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left to Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. llaculty and Mministration The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership program: Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Michigan. Margaret Anderson, Associate Professor, Head Librarian . BS, MA, University of Minnesota . Raymond Anderson, Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. l3A, S, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. .· .·.· John Benson, Professor of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D. Columbia University. Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MA, American University; MSW, University of Minnesota. John Cerrito, Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. BA , Rhode Island College; MS, University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS, Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett, s ist<1nt Professor of Mathemati mpul r Science. BA, MA, Pacilic Lutheran University; M . iv. Luther Theologica l eminar . Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. BA, MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark Engebretson, As ·ociale Pro ess >.r & Dept. Chairperson of Physi . BA, Lulher oll g ; I. Div., Luther Theological eminnr ; M , Ph .D., Un iversity of Minn sotn. Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. BA, Franklin and Marshall Colleg ; MS, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin . Jerry Gerasimo, Professor of Sociology. BA, Lake Forest College; MA, Ph.D. , University of Chicago. Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Garry Hesser, Prof ssor of Socio logy, Director of Cooperative Edu alion Program. BA, Phillip Univer ·ity; I.Div., Union Theolog i al Sem inary; Ph.D., Univer ity of N >Lre Dame. Joanne Karvonen, Graduate Program Coordinator. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MA, University of Georgia. Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. BA, Hamline University; MA, University of Minnesota. Ryan LaHurd, Vice Pre idenl for Acad mi Affairs, Dean of the ollege. BA, Mt. Cann I oil ge; MA, Univcr ity or hicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Macal ster College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, A sista nl Pr C ssor of So ial Work. I , London University (Bedford illege); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Janet M. Mathison, Instructor, part-time, Religion. Associate Directo1~ Center for Global Education. BA, Alverno College; MA, Ed.D, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Marie McNeff, Associate Professor of Education. BS, M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Nancy Medcraft, Co-director, Counseling Services, BA, MA, University of Minnesota. Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Ad mini tration and E nomi s. BS, Juniata Colle e; Ml3A, Universit of Denver; MS, University of Oregon. Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. BSN., MS, University of Minnesota. Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, Ph.D., University of Indiana. Ronald Palosaari, Professor of English. BA, Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. BS, MA., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Richard Thoni, Director of Weekend College. BA, St. Olaf College; PH.D., University of Minnesota. Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. BA, Swarthmore College; MA, Ph.D., University of Iowa . Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian & Weekend Supervisor. BS, MA, University of Minnesota. Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager, City of St. Paul. Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division, Land-0- Lakes, Inc. Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel Decisions, Inc. Dean Newman, Consultant. Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of US Specialty Divisions, HB Fuller Company. Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc. Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul Companies, Inc. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence. MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP Augsburg College Recommendation Form To the applicant: Please give this recommendation form to a co-worker or supervisor with whom you work. Before you do, however, please indicate whether you reserve the right to review the recommendation once it is written or waive your right of access to this information. I ( reserve) recommendation. waive) my right to review this Signed, MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP Augsburg College Recommendation Checklist NAME OF APPLICANT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- Please evaluate the applicant on each of the following dimensions. Scale: 1 2 3 Low, needs much development 1) Self-Awareness - - 2) Self-Confidence 4 5 6 High, welldeveloped (Circle one) - - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 3) Integrity, Well-developed Value System - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP Augsburg College Recommendation Form To the applicant: Please give this recommendation form to a co-worker or supervisor with whom you work. Before you do, however, please indicate whether you reserve the right to review the recommendation once it is written or waive your right of access to this information. I ( reserve) recommendation. waive) my right to review this Signed, . ....-. ·-· MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP Augsburg College Recommendation Checklist NAME OF APPLICANT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- Please evaluate the applicant on each of the following dimensions. Scale: 1 3 2 Low, needs much development 1) Self-Awareness - - - - - - - 2) Self-Confidence - - - - - - - - 4 5 6 High, welldeveloped (Circle one) - 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3) Integrity, Well-developed Value System - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 Augsburg College Master of Arts in Leadership Application Form omplete all sections of the attached application form. Please print or type. Application Fee Make check or money order payable to Augsburg College. Mail application form with the $25, non-refundable application fee to: Graduate Program Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Transcripts Have official transcripts from each post-secondary institution attended (including credits/degrees and dates) sent to the Graduate Program Office. Test Scores Scores from the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) must be submitted to the Graduate Program Office. The MAT may be taken at the University of Minnesota Testing Office at Room 9 Eddy Hall (624-3323). The one-hour test is given Monday through Friday on a walk-in basis either at 10:00 a.m. or 2:00 p.m. Please ask to have your scores sent to Augsburg. The results will be available in 4 or 5 working days. The cost is $30 Recommendations Please ask for a recommendation (please use the forms available from the Graduate Program Office) to be sent to the Graduate Program Office from each of the following: Immediate Supervisor - Assessing your leadership potential. Co-worker (at the same level) - Describing your work style and potential as a leader. Written Statement Submit a written statement relating your career and life goals, focusing on leadership aspirations and describing how you anticipate the Master of Arts in Leadership will facilitate your development. Interview You may be asked to have a personal interview with a member of the Graduate Program Staff. . ·~ '· ' ..... Augsburg College Application for Admission Name First Last Middle Initial Other surname used at a college or university Address City _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ __ State _ _ _ _ _ _ Zip _ _ _ __ _ County _ __ _ __ Telephone Horne Phone Male D Female D Work Phone Social Security Number Age - -- -- - - Birthdate - -- - -- - - Marital Status _ _ __ Citizen of U.S. Yes D No D Religious Affiliation _ __ _ _ __ _ Denomination _ _ _ __ __ _ Predominant Ethnic Background (optional) Caucasian D Black/Afro American D Asian American D Chicano/Mexican American D American Indian D Other D Current Occupation Preferred Entry Date September, 1988 D January, 1989 D April, 1989 D Previous Education Please list in chronological order all post-secondary institutions you have attended. Indicate the approximate number of credits earned and any degrees received. School _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __ Location - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - -- - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- -- Degrees or Dates Attended - - - -- - - - - -- - - Credits Earned - - - -- -- - - - -- School _ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ Location - - - -- - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- - -- - -- -- - - - -- -Degrees or Dates Attended - - -- -- - - -- - - - Credits Earned - -- -- - -- -- - - School _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ __ Location Degrees or Dates Attended - - - -- -- - - -- -- Credits Earned - - -- - - - - -- -- School _ __ _ __ __ __ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ Location - - -- - -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- -- - - - - - Degrees or Dates Attended - - -- - - -- - -- - - Credits Earned - -- - - -- -- - - - - Professional Experiences Position - - -- - - -- - -- Employer Location _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ Dates _ _ _ _ _ __ _ Position - - - - - - - - - - - Employer - - -- -- - - - -- -- - - -- - -- - Location _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dates _ _ _ _ __ __ Position - -- - -- - -- - Employer Location _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ Dates _ _ _ __ __ _ Forthcoming Recommendations Please have your supervisor and a co-worker send recommendations (please use the forms available from the Graduate Program Office) on your behalf to the Graduate Program Office. List the people writing recommendations below: Title Name Organization/Institution Transcripts Have you requested that your post-secondary transcripts be sent to the Graduate Program Office? YesD NoD Test Scores Have you taken the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) and requested that the scores be sent to the Graduate Program Office? YesD NoO Written Statement Are you enclosing your written statement with this application? Yes D NoO Financial Aid Do you wish to apply for financial aid? Yes D NoO Date I plan to take the MAT - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - -- - To the best of my knowledge the above information is true and complete. Date Signature Please send this completed application, along with a non-refundable application fee of $25, to Graduate Program Office, Augsburg College, 73121st Avenue South, Minneaplis, MN 55454. Augsburg Collegu -4 J -root-i vation, Acnievement or iefnta ti on 5) Flexibility, Adaptability - - - - - i l j 4 ~ b - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 6) Creativity, Innovativeness - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7) Tolerance of Individual Differences - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 8) Broad World View (beyond organization) - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 9) Overall Potential for Leadership - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 Please send this checklist and your letter of recommendation to the Graduate Program Off ice at the address on the reverse side of this sheet. Signature of person writing recommendation Position Date Organization To the writer of this recommendation: Thank you for your willingness to-Provide information to the Augsburg College Graduate Admissions Committee. Please fill out the checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then in a letter expand on your evaluation of the applicant's potential for graduate study and for assuming more advanced leadership positions. Include in your letter how long you have known the applicant and in what capacities. Please mail the checklist and your letter directly to the Graduate Program Office at the following address. Thank you. Graduate Program Off ice Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 "t J 1'1U LJ.. VC1 LJ..UU r l"\\,;UJ..'CV'Clm:::u1.. V.L .Ll:::Ul..C.1...LVU 5) Flexibility, Adaptability - - - - - .L ' j ~ J u - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 6) Creativity, Innovativeness - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7) Tolerance of Individual Differences - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 8) Broad World View (beyond organization) - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 9) Overall Potential for Leadership - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 Please send this checklist and your letter of recommendation to the Graduate Program Off ice at the address on the reverse side of this sheet. Signature of person writing recommendation Position Date Organization To the writer of this recommendation: Thank you for your willingness to-Provide information to the Augsburg College Graduate Admissions Comrnittee. Please fill out the checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then in a letter expand on your evaluation of the applicant's potential for graduate study and for assuming more advanced leadership positions. Include in your letter how long you have known the applicant and in what capacities. Please mail the checklist and your letter directly to the Graduate Program Office at the following address. Thank you. Graduate Program Off ice Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1986-1987
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: - Mind Working for the Designed Ila AUGSBURG COLLEGE WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College Bulletin 1986-1987 fall winter spring AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1_987C_ALEmAR ---* - - - - FALL TRIMESTER 1986 August 18 - --- September 6 - Sentember 12- -Application Deadline ...
Show more - Mind Working for the Designed Ila AUGSBURG COLLEGE WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College Bulletin 1986-1987 fall winter spring AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1_987C_ALEmAR ---* - - - - FALL TRIMESTER 1986 August 18 - --- September 6 - Sentember 12- -Application Deadline Orientation and Registration '8 - October 10-1 2, 24-26 - - - - - -- - - - - - November 7-9, 21 -23 - December 5-7 - - - December 12-14 Finals WINTER TRIMESTER 1987 December 8 Application Deadline December 30 New Student Orientation - - January 3 Registration January 2-4, 16-18, 30-February 1 - -- - - February 13-15, 27-March 1 -- March 13-15, 27-29 - Anril 3-5 Finalc - SPRING TRIMESTER 1 9 8 L March 9 April9 April 11 - r A ~ r i 10-12. l 24-26 May 8-10, 15-17. June 26-28 -- - Application Deadline -- New Student Orientation Registration - - - - 29 3 -1F i n a l AUGSBUAG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) IS publislied four tlnies a year In Spri~ig.Summer, Fall and W~nterby Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, M~n~ieapolis MN 55454 Second class postage rates pald at M~nneapolis,Minnesota s INFORMATION SESSIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year . These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1 782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: 1986-87 Calendar ................................................ 1 For Fall Trimester. 1986 Saturday. May 17 Saturday. June 7 Saturday. June 21 Saturday. July 12 Tuesday. July 29 Saturday. August 9 For Winter Trimester. 1987 Saturday. October 11 Saturday. November 8 Saturday. December 6 For Spring Trimester. 1987 Saturday. January 17 Saturday. February 14 Tuesday. March 10 For more information write or call Information Sessions ............................................. 2 ............................ 4 Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................ 5 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College . . ............................................. 6 Business Administration ........................................ 7 rn Communication ............................................... 9 Management Information Systems (MIS) ........................... 11 Social Work ................................................ 12 Degrees and Majors rn Minors ..................................................... 13 ................................................... 13 Probation and Dismissal ......................................... 13 DeansList ........................................ 14 Veterans of Military Service ...................................... 14 Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) ...................... 15 Fees and Payment Schedule ...................................... 16 Refund Schedule ............................................... 16 Special Grading Procedures ....................................... 16 Withdrawal From College ........................................ 16 Student Support Services ................................................. 17 Admissions Procedure ........................................... 18 About Augsburg College ......................................... 19 Campus Map .................................................. 20 Campus Location ...............................................22 Financial Aid Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis. MN 55454 This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students . Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM PURPOSE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. EDUCATIONAL MISSION For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. THE ADULT AS STUDENT The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. ALTERNATE WEEKENDS To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. COMMUNITY OF LEARNERS Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). FACULTY Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. LIBRARY Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. INTERNSHIPS Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. DEGREES AND MAJORS Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. I t also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) BACHELOR'S DEGREE The bachelor's degree. program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: Art - Music History - Philosophy Economics - Political Science English - Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology - Sociology Chemistry - Biology Mathematics - Physics A course in writing (English 11 1) or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language rhree courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports MAJORS Augsburg Weekend College students may select from four separate majors, each with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. CORE COURSES All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 222 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Macroeconomics BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 31 1 Public Finance or 31 2 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 31 5 Money and Banking ECO 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 323 lntermediate Accounting II BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting. BUS 326 Tax Accounting or 423 Auditing or 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence. I FINANCE CONCENTRATION Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Intermediate Accounting I BUS 433 Financial Management: Theory and Cases BUS 438 Investments and Financial Institutions ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making or 41 5 Managerial Economics or 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 399 lnternship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Personnel Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 lnternship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Beginning Speech SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications MARKETING CONCENTRATION Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics SPC 353 Advertising (continued on next page) Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 lnternship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion BUSINESS MINOR BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. COMMUNICATION Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. REQUIRED COMMUNICATIONS CORE ENG 223, 225, 226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 lnterpersonal Communication SPC 399 lnternship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 113 Public Speaking COMMUNICATION ELECTIVES With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: PUBLIC RELATIONS AND ADVERTISING Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are required to take ENG 227 (Journalism) in addition to the advanced writing course required in the Communications core. BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Introduction to Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPCIART 132 Photography SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I , II SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotionaI Communications HUMAN RELATIONS PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 301 Complex Organizations SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 353 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications SUPERVISORY MANAGEMENT BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Personnel Administration BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 353 Advertising SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications COMMUNICATION MINOR Five courses approved by the department. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS MAJOR BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 222 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics' ECO 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics CSCIMAT 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science CSC 240 Elementary Computer Science CSC 352 Data Bases BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis BUS 476 Structured Systems Analysis and Design BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following courses: BUS 399 Internship CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics MIS MINOR BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management or 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics CSCIMAT 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science SOCIAL WORK Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education in its day school program and a candidate for accreditation in its Weekend College program, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, I~iology,and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. SOCIAL WORK COURSES* SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work ll SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work 111 ('12 course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional SWK 469 Field Work IV Required supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations "Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. SOCIAL WORK MINOR 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465 I 5E 9= .a 0% -Q 89 9 m3 8"- ;i'g :j% "Be 2 -p~ a crr g! -0 a aJ 8 3 .E ~ e a ai '- 2 fa! I?$.- m â¬5 8 m5 :8 3 .g p.5 35 a I %= 2 G .2 s ,$ E Igg5 g88 +r- 3 .g z- 2 ' 'C* 1as a%a .g i ' g I E P ~ igf sgb' a crr 0 , MINORS In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Work (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: ENGLISH MINOR 5 courses above 11 1 including one course in British literature and one writing course (223, 225, 226 or 227). PSYCHOLOGY MINOR 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor RELIGION MINOR 5 courses approved by the department SOCIOLOGY MINOR 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above) DEAN'S L I S-T - - - I ne Oean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3 . 5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit PROBATION AND DISMISSAL - A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term Dismissal from the College is not automatic Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. ACADEMIC PLANNING All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. CAREER PLANNING SERVICES Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. COUNSELING/SUPPORT GROUPS Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. VETERANS OF MILITARY SERVICE Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) i t can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office (330-1 002) DEPARTMENTAL ASSESSMENT Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (CREDIT ASSESSMENT PROCESS) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course) (tuition charge for 1986 summer terms) Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for assessment of previous learning REFUND SCHEDULE A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100Â°/~ Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is efleclive whether or no1 a student has allended classes. There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: COMPANY TUITION ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. PELL GRANT This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. MINNESOTA PART-TIME STUDENT GRANT PROGRAM The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need,,for state residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as Augsburg College. AUGSBURG TUITION GRANT Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. SPECIAL GRADING PROCEDURES Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PassINo Credit system, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 or better and "Nu means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not take more than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, with only 2 courses in the major. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following trimester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN/MINNESOTA STATE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. TO APPLY FOR FINANCIAL AID 1 ) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE WHO MAY APPLY Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. ADMISSIONS PROCESS 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. APPLICATION DEADLINES Fall Trimester 1986 - August 18, 1986 Winter Trimester 1987 - December 8, 1986 Spring Trimester 1987 - March 9, 1987 HISTORY Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. LOCATION Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. CAMPUS Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. ACCESSIBILITY We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. CHURCH AFFILIATION Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. - LAMPUS MAP AUGSBURG COLLEGE Campus Guide 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRamplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp CAMPUS LOCATION NOTES I CAMPUS LOCATION - - - - - - From Minneapolis: lnterstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul: lnterstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. NOTES 9~6-87 I 1 I 8e,kZ 1 ' Mind Working f0.r the Designed AUGSBURG COLLEGE 11: T I WEEKEND COLLEGE 1 I Augsburg Weekend College Class Schedule and Course Descriptions AUGSBURG WLEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1987 CALENDAR FALL TRIMESTER 1986 August 18 -- September 6 - - - - -- - - - -- ~ ~ ~ l i c- aDeadline tio~ Orientation and Registration - - September 12-14, 26-28 I - October -10-12, 2 4 2 6 , November 7-9. .2~1"23'1,-,. r. 4.r 7 ' L - December 5-7 December 12-14 - December 30 - ~inals - December 8 -- January 3 - - - - - -- . - - Application Deadline - New Student Orientation Registration . January 2-4, 16-18,- 30-February - - -- 1 - - - February 13-15, 27-March 1 .- March 13-15, 27-29- .- April 3-5 Finals - --- - SPRING TRIMESTER 1987 March 9 Application Deadline . April 9 - April 11 . . - - - - - New Student Orientatiw Regis3&n - - A ~ r i 10-12. l 24-26 7ET May 8-1 0, 15-17, %31_June 26-28 - . . -- -. - - -- Finals. AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS 1490-310) is published lour times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapol~sMN 55454,.Second class postage rates paid at Minneapolis. Minnesola. . lmoortant Academic Dates Orientation I Fall Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Sep 6, '86 Dec 30, '86 Apr 9, '87 - Sep 6, '86 - Jan 3, '87 ~ a n k 7 Apr 10-12, '87 Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Sep 14, '86 an & 8 7 Last day to designate grade option Oct 26, '86 Feb 15, '87 May 17, '87 Last day lo withdraw from class Nov 23, '86 Mar 15, '87 Jun 7, '817 Classes end Dec 7, '86 Mar 29, '87 Jun 21, '87 ----- - I I - $ 15.00 Tuition (per trimester course) (one coWse 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) $ 5410.00 Tuiltion (per sumlmer course) (ttrition ch~argefor 1986 summer te~hms) $ 360.00 . Liktime S,ports: I Fee for course Fee folr assessment of previovs'learning a .,I 1 Sep 12-14. '86 1 ' Apr 11, '87 Classes Begin - (payabue once, non-refiundalble) I Registration Fees and Payment ScheMe - -,i---- -- A per'course tvitiog refund wil,be made qg the fdlowiilng basis: (Students are ' responlsible tor cancdlilng coulrses with the Reg~istrar'sOffice in orde~rto be e~l~igiblefor Apr 12, '87 the tuiti\@nrefund.) Prior to the first schedulled class meetilmg - 1010% Ptior to the secood scheduled class meeting - 80% P~fiiorto the itlhilrid schedded class meeting - 60% No relwnd alfter the thilrd schedwled lcllass meetilnlg. The rglwnd s ~ h e d uis l ~affecti~vpwhelher or not a student has attended classes. Most ccoru~rsesare offered with glradling opltiolns - tradlitilonall gradlilmg on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PassINo C8fie@itsystem, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 better and "N" means nlo credlit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not ta~kernore than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, wi!h onlly 2 courses in the majbc. Students are cautioned to use th~ePIN grade o~pti~on with calre since some graduate a~ndprof~ssiondlschoolls do I not look favorablly on a llarge number of P-graded courses. / Final exams Dec 12-14, '46 Apr 3-5, '87 Jun 26-28, '87 Final grades due Dec 28, '86 Apr 12, '87 Jul 5, '87 Class Attendance Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. I t is expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted. 1 An incornpllete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To recelive it, a sit~u~den~t must file a petiti~o~n with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the requlest, the pllan and date for removilng it, and comments from the instructor&;If permission is granted, the incomplete mlust be rem~ved~dirrtng the follllowin~g trimester, or ilt becomes the grade submitted by the teacher alonlg with the ilncomplelte. i dllle~e - . WibhdrawallFrom ~-- II - - -_- Students are hrged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. s i x t h i s . . results i~na failirg grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal ffiom Co!M,pge must be do8pein the ReMsrrar's Office. Withdrawal from cdllege canna occu~rdurin~gfilnal examli~nahi~on week unlless a petition is approved by the Studen~t Stalndlng Committee. Withdlrawal flrom college and resullting adjustments in accolunts %fie effective as of the date the com~pletedWith~drawallborn Colllege form i~sreturned to the Registralr's Oflfice. I Illy w - .. FALL TRIIMESTEA, 1986 Class Sche~ule - - - I I .. WINTER TRIMESTER. 1987 Class Schedule I Friday Evenlrng 6:OO - 9:30 BUS ECO ENG 242 122 2401 340 PHY 106 SOC 383 SPC 353 SW K 260 Fu~ndamenta~ls 61 Management Macroeconomics The Short Story Friday Evenlng I lntroldluction to weather* Racial and Minority Group Relations Advertising Hlwmanls Dlevelopling 6-10 BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:OO. BUS -BUS BUS CHM CSCl -- Salurday Afternoon 1 :I 5 - 4:45 Sulnday Afternoon 1 : I 5 - 4:4.5 -- ., , CS Mass Communications in Societv Princilpllles of Sociollogy Pulblic Speaking Socia'l Response to Human Needs ART BUS -.. BUS BUS NUR REL - 352 221 252 322 ~ o m e n 'Art i History Princlilples of Financlial Accauntilnlg Intro,duction to Marketilng lntermediate Accounti,na I Cost Accounting Business Law Operations Management Data Base Management* Ihtermediate Macroeconomics Effective Writi~na - ~ Photography '* Quant~tativeMethod~s ~undlamentallsof Financle Idormation Systems in the Olrganizatibn Contemporary Nursi~mglI1l:Paradl1 ms in iaursing Psychollogy of .Rellilglion mall Theol ogy -- ------- - 1 - Macroeconomics Effective Writing Grow Old Along With Me Community Health l Nursing Practicum I* ** Mass Communication Social Psychology* Intercultural Communication Interpersonal Communication Methods and Skills -of Social Work - 1:15 - 4:45 II I I - I 132 279 -331 375 306 486 112 111 209 310 423 342 375 329 354 363 Saturday Afternoon - ART BUS BlUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ENG ENG HIS NUR 'PSY REL SOC SPA S PC Human Biology Principles of Financial Accounting Principles of Managerial Accounting Personnel Administration Financial Management Organic and Biological Chemistry* Math Algorithms for Computer Science II* Salurday Morning 113 Mi~croeconomics 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics 111 Effective Writina 403--.Et' Contemporary. ~ b i ~ n Fani~l~i~es-#: g L --' SOC 121 SPC * 113 SWK 361 101 221 222 340 433 110 175 - 105 Biollogy and Society 175 Computers in Business and Economics 221 Principles of Financial Accounting 242 Fulnldarnentals of Management 423 Audliting 479 lntermediate Qwantitative Methods 109 Genera11Chemistry* 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science* -POL 'im 342 BIO BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:00 BUS BUS CHM CSCl MAT ECO ENG ENG NUR NUR POL SOC SPC I SPC SWK 600-930 MAT ECO ECO ENmG NU R PHI 242 111 373 111 383 113 I -- Saturday Morndng BUS PHY PSY REL SOC SPC - - I I I - Sunday Afternoon 1 :I5 - 4:45 I - BUS 175 BUS 221 BUS 323 BUS 326 BUS 352 ECO 113 ECO 41 5 ENG 223 ENG 2961 396 HIS 2191 41 9 MAT 104 PHI 130 PSY 356 REL 483 SOC 121 SPA 112 SPC 352 SWK 364 I . - - -- Computers in Business and Economics Principles of Managerial Accounting lntermediate Accounting II .' Tax Accounting Marketing Research and Analysis Microeconomics Managerial Economics Writing for Business and the Professions Highlights of British Literature Myths and Myth M'aking Basic Math I l * Logic Environment and Behavior Christian Ethics Principles of Sociology Beginning Spanish II* Persuasion Field Work I -- ART BUS ECO FRE NOR NUR 106 475 315 111 111 330 Calligraphy Information Systems Analysis and Design Money and Banking Beginning French I* Beginning Norwegian I * Trends and Issues in Nursing - Y *Extra class or lab sessions requ~ired. **Additional lab fee charged. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. , * ~ x t r a n reqssied. s Courses may be added to or subtracted frorn,tlhe class schedlblle on the Ibaslis of enrohent. C SPRING TRMESTER, 1987 Class Schedule Frlday Even~ng - - - BIO BUS BUS PHY SPC 231 252 340 103 480 The Biology of Women lntroduction to Marketing Personnel Administration Ph sics for the Life Sciences ~ u l l i cRelationslPromotional Communications BIO BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:00 BUS CSC CSC ECO ECO ENG ENG NUR NUR PSY REL SOC SPC SWK 108 221 279 391 145 240 113 310 111 351 311 404 355 263 375 352 461 Microbiolog * Principles o r ~anagerialAccounting Quantitative Methods Business Law lntroduction to Computers Elementarv Com~uterScience* ~icroeconbmics' Managerial Decisiqn Making Effectwe Writing American Literature Since 1920 Community Health Nursing 11* ** Contempora Nursing IV: Leadership & Management Brain and Bgavior* World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View Social Psychology* Persuasion Advanced Methods & Skills 6:00 - 9:30 Saturday Morning .. . - Saturday Afternoon 1 :I5 - 4:45 , -- BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ENG MAT NUR NUR PHI POL PSY REL SOC SPC SWK 105 481 301 355 462 ECO - Sunday Afternoon 1:15 - 4:45 - 103 242 331 370 425 438 450 112 311 227 114 330 350 130 461 =- 107 476 31 3 112 112 - . - Envlronmenlal Aesthellcs Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 107 Drawlng Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution:' ArtlMusic ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm camera. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 225 Vlsual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images. I Distribution: Art Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major ART 240 Art Hlslory Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art . Anatomy and Physiology* Fundamentals of Management Fundamentalslof Finance Advanced Personal Computing , Advanced Accounting Investments Marketing Management Macroeconomics Public Finance Journalism Colle e Al ebra and Trigonometry* Tren s an Issues in Nursing lntroduction to Nursing Research* 1d Drawing Structured Systems Analysis and Design Intermediate Microeconomics Beginning French !I* Beginning Norwegian 11* - - - . - 'Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional lab fee charged. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. -- ART 102 - -- - - - ---z ART BUS ECO FRE NOR COURSE -DESCRIPTIONS - - + ART 250 Ceramlcs An introduction to the making bf pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ,, Distribution: Art ART 352 ' women's Arl Hlslory A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each ppriod. Distribution: Art, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies, (upper division) Human Blology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 BIO 108 Computers In Buslnw and Economlcs lntroduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages, software applications in Business. Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Prlnclples of Flnanciel Accounllng Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Prlnclples of Managerlal Accounllng Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 221). Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Fundamenlals ol Managemenl Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication Anatomy and Physiology .. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: ChemistrvlBioloav Major: Required prerequisite ibi BSN major BIO 105 BUS 175 8lology and Soclety What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research. scientific racism. sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns Mlcroblolo~ Basic microbial features are considered as well as a~~lications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For &dent nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: Chem 109 and concurrent registration in Chem 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisitefor the BSN major The Blology ol Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology or Women & Minority Studies ?' I BUS 252 BUS 279 lnlroducllon lo Markellng Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major QuantllallveMethods for Economlcs and Buslness An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement Ill or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) lnlermedlale Accounllng I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and longterm assets. (Prereq: 221, 222) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 BUS 324 Inlermedlate Accounllng II An analysis of accounting thmy %investments, tan ible and intangible fixed assets. l i a b i i i @ a $ g l ~ Mactuarial , topics Xdditional emphasis on income deterr&attm;d&b,price . , level changes. (Prereq: 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 391 Audlllng Internal and exterw! audltlng procedures Emphasis on Internal checks and control for accountlng systems. (Prereq 323, Junlor or Senlor or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 requlred courses In the Accountlng major (upper divlslon) Managerlal Cosl Accounting Am&wla,m, 'wI&*. ,*I , 'ng and control of economic activities. Planning, 1~$1:fystems, as well as other quantitative and 221, 222) . Major: Required in the ~Lcountingmajor (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounllng The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 221, 222, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Fundamenlals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of Ion and short t e n funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage. Wvidend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: 221, 222) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper divlsion) BUS 340 BUS 425 Advanced Accounllng Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 323, Junior or Senior or consent of Instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 requlred courses in the Accountlng major (upper division) Flnanclal Management: Theorles and Cases IlrMwhith@y: a systems approach to flnanclal structure and pWsan d9lli&n-maklng, presentation through Ilterature, a d MEW material. (Prereq 331) Major: Requlred In Flnance major (upper dlvision) 1 BUS 438 lnueslmenls and Financial lnslllulions &Will d tb~slllltlth~n~ttdatWR1 ~1 v@W~swpes of securities 1 b -vi I N l Y I ' , m m! .hk:'ess, acquisition and utilization of human &j wj :'- ' d n g relationships; effective integration of the h&#fwb '-'~@d&&the firm and society. (Prereq: 242 or consent of lytwb,), Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agenc , negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) !i of hth IridfWrrl d insdtuthd investors Major: Required in Flnance major (upper dlvision) I BUS 440 Operallons Managemenl Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Markellng Research and Ana Research process as an ai research methodology; tiveness of research in Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division) BUS 370 Major. Required in the Busmess Management major and an electwe in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) marketlng programs. and promotion policies. BUS 375 Informallon Systems In the Organlzallon Design and im lementation of organizational structure and structural change. An inf!rmational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq: 175) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) Major: Required In the Marketing major (upper dlvision) BUS 475 lnlormation Syslems Analysls and Design The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical model of information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation. Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Structured Syslems Anaiysls and Design Continuation of BUS 475. BUS/ECO 479 Intermediate guantitatlve Methods , Provides the opportunity to become famii~ar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understandingofshtiatldd W d s and computer programming techniques. The materials to IiepWd,In the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Slatl8lle;d Metth& General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prqeq:,279or equivalent, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) CHM 109 CHM 110 CSC 145 Major: Required in the MIS major communications, dlistributed processing security, and general computer interMajor: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Structur ent systems, query facilities, file organ,ization and development of an elementary database system. Major: Required for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Prlncl~lesof Economics (Macro) mics; national income analysis, monetary trade, economic growth. Application of current economic problems. May be taken 11 2 and 113 may be taken in either order. General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major General, Organic and Blologlcal Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major Distribution: Economics M~ajor:Requi~redfor Business Administration core Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 310 lnlroducllon to Computers An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward the computer science major or minor. CSC/MAT 174 Mathemalical Algorithms for Computer Science I A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming language. CSC/MAT 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science II A continuation of CSCIMAT 174. ' Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance majlor, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 31 1 Publlc Flnance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publlic expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of th,ree required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) rrnm,wwmm ECO 312 ENG 223 Wrlling lor Buslness and the Prolesslons Determinants of national Income, employment and price level analyzed vla macromodels. Attention pald to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the buslness cycle (Prereq' 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 ! ECO 31 5 ECO 41 5 ENG 101 ENG 111 ENG 209 (Prereq: 111 or equivalent) - . Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major lnlermedlale Mlcroeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: 313 or equivalent or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) Oevelopmenlal Wriling A preparatory course for effective writing for students who need additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience and thought. The course counts as an elective toward graduation but does not meet the writing requirement. Effeclive Wriling The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this couise is either PIN or 2.0 - 4.01N. Distribution: Required for graduation Grow Old Along Wilh Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: EnglishISpeech ENG 225 Advanced Exposllory Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identi~fication,definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: 111 ) Major: Required for Communications core ENG 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the trimester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. Major: Required for Public Relations major, one of four required choices in the Communication core ' I I ENG 240/340 The Shorl Slory The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so i t would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech I ' ENG 202 Women in Flcllon Reading and discussion of works by women writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech ENG 296/396 Highlights of Brllish Llteralure Works by major British authors including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf. ENG 351 American Llleralure Slnce 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns (upper division) '. FRE 11 1 Beglnnlng French Designed to introduce 'he student wi$h no previous background in French to the language and to French crlrbure. The pronlunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enablle understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreig~nLanguage FRE 1 12 Begilnnlng French Continuation of FRE 111. Distribution: Foreigln Language -- I Bsglnnlng German with no previous background. Aims ait ssroom practice in speakilng, understandilng Goals; abijlty to read extended narratives i n silmple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory mat-erialsavailable. Distribution: Foreign Language 6ER 112 HIS 103 Bsglnnlng German Continluation of GER 111. Distribution: Foreign Language MAT 114 College Algebra and Trlgonomelry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions, and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratios and variatilon, progression, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. (Math placement test requ~i~red. Student must achieve a Level 3 ralnking in order to enroll1 in this cllass.) Distribution: Math Mlajor: Stronglly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking BUS 279 MUS 130 Inlroducllon lo Ihe Flne Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Mlusic NIOIR 1 11 Bsglnnlng Norweglan Introduction of the four basic language skills: speakkg, llistening, reading and wri~ting.Stress on spoken rather that literary Norwegi~an.Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Lalnguage Beginning Norweglan Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the tilme of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History HIS 219/41 9 Myths and Myth Maklng A myth is not someth~i~ng patently false or absurd, although popu~larusage has emphasized its fictional quallity. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. Iln this course we will examine rnythopoeic thought and the myths whlich that process evolved in the ancient Near East. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 222 U.S. Hlslory Slnce 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: History MAT 104 Baslc Malh II A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes I Conlemporary Nurslng I This is a transitional course that begins the socialization process of the student to the professional role. Communication and the nursing process are emphasized as the means by which the nurse and the client interact to complete a framework of assessment, planning and evaluation to meet negotiated health goals. The students will learn to develop their own framework for the nursing process based on theoretical models and commun~icationtheory. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) Contemporary Nurslng II:Pandlgms In Nurslng This course ilntroduces theory and conceptual thinking of theory in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Systems theory, group theory and selected nursing theoretical models are examined. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) Community Health Nurslng I This coulrse focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community heallth problems and issues. Clllinical appllication of course content w~illinvolve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical ilssues rellated to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) I NUR 31 1 Community Health Nurslng II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: 303,310, 325, PSY 355) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) ** This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 325 , Nursing Process In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Junior year. Prereq: Acceptance into the Nursing major) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 330 Trends and Issues In Nurslng This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 350 lntroductlon to Nurslng Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course, Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to pursing practice. (Junior year. Prereq: Acceptance into the Nursing major, MAT 121 or a course in descriptive statistics) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nurslng Ill This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: 304, 31 1, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nurslng IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) Practicum In Nurslng I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: To be taken concurrently with or following 403) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) ** This course involves an additional clinical fee Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: Philosophy Major: Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 Ethlcs of Mediclne and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: Philosophy (upper division) Major: Recommended for BSN major PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. Distribution: Physics PHY 103 Physics lor the Llle Sclences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: elementary algebra) Distribution: Physics PHY 106 PHY 111 Topics In lntarnatlonal Examines foreign poll are made, anld looks a in a changing world ec Distribution: Urban concern; (ulpper division) lntroducllon to Weather A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the princ~iplesolf atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (includling state of the art i~nstrumentation),understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: high school algebra.) Distribution: MathlPhysics Physlcs, Computers, and Soclaly . A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical , science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electron~icswill lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. Distribution: MathlPhysics General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, ilncludling its major sub-areas, is emphasized. Distribution: Psychology Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology ' POL 160 POL 170 POL 326 World Polltlcs . Introduction to the processes of international politics, inclluding the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Political Science law In the Unlted Slates A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary llegal ilssues. Distribution: Political Science 'm-mm The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and ilnterest groups and media i~npresildential elections. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: Political Science (upper division) POL 342 Mass Communlcrtlons in Sociely Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes incl~udinga study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programmlilng. Distribution: Urban Concerns (upper dlivision) Major: Required for the Communication major PSY 355 Braln and Behavlor d # d m ~m d s m o t and ~&ll#dlBa4BC.{~:~Wone Major: Required prerequisite course for BSN major (upper division) Environment and Behavlor A study of the influencewhich theenvironment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. Major: Urban Concerns (upper division) Organlzatlonal Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practilces such as management styles, evalhation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq: 105) Major: Required coulrse for Business Management major and elective for all Communications majors (upper division) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. Major: Elective in Communication major (upper division) - REL 11 1 lnlroducllon lo Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion REL 215 Archaeology and Ihe Blble Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archeaology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion REL 221 REL 263 REL 356 REL 363 REL 481 REL 483 Christian Elhics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Psychology ol Rellglon and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will begiven to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Blbllcal Sludles The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion World Jusllce and Hunger: Developing a New World Vlew The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion Hlslory of Rellglons An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Rellglon In Amerlca A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Principles ol Sociology 'knowing. Its application to ty; socialization, family life, 1. etc. Sociology as an . . . . Distribution: Sociology Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Famlly An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Major: Required supporting course in social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SOC 241 lnlroducllon lo Cullural Anlh The concept of culture ex d in the way we see and live in the world. An ons underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civil person's relation to culture. An analysis of se culture. Major: An alternative in the core'of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major SOC 301 Complex Organlzallons There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow effected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. Major: Recommended elective in Public RelationsIAdvertising; Human Relations; and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) I I r, I - - SOC 375 SOC 383 SPA 111 II Soclal Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assurnptlorls and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, tlie ardiriary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important urieatat~onin social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 or PSY 105) Major: Required supporting course for Communication majors and Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) Racial and Mlnority Group Relallons The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) Beglnning Spanlsh Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beglnnlng Spanlsh Continuation of SPA 111. SPC 113 313 Public Speaklng Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 329 lnlercullural Communlcalion This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nonverbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC 352 Persuaslon Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: Required for Communications major, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 353 Adverlislng An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communication. Major: Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public Relations1Advertising and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 354 lnlerpersonal Communicalion A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communications barriers. Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communicalion A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Major: Recommended supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) I I I .> Thealer History and Criliclsm Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division) Public Relalions/PromolionaI Communlcalions Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) Exploring Human Sewices With faculty approval. stl~dentselects a placemarlt for 30 hours por week ;IS a volunteer in a soc~alagancy or institution Opportunity to know 1iuma11service ~rolessionals,social service delivery syslems, and carear iispects of the ialplrlg vocations. lndependsnt stc~dywith a term paper reporl and weekly review conferences Especially recommended for freshrrian and soptlomores. Major: Required in the Social Work major I Humans Developing This coursu provrdes the knowledge basrc to an tlndsrsland~ngof human growl11 Ihrouyh the lile cycle, arld 01 the rrrterplay 01 sociocullural, bialogleal, and psycliological facturs which influence the growth of individuals and lamilies in co~~ternporary A~iler~cali society. Empliasized is the role ol the "nurtur~ng~nvironment"in relation to human growth, the impacl ol "sustaining envrt'onmsnt" laclors, ant1 other special stresses relevent lo and groups which represent ethnic growth. Growth related to pop~.llatior~s andlor I~fe-styledlvcrsily is also a focus. Students will gain self-untlerslanditig rhraugh use of tlielr own experierrces. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 361 Social Responses lo Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Sophomore or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major. (upper division) SWK 363 Melhods and Skills ol Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Course taken as a half course in each of two consecutive Weekend College terms. (Prereq: 361) Major: Required in the Social Work major. (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Melhods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practiceskills and eclectic approaches. Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462.) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work II Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 in 361,363,364, candidacy status; concurrent with 461 and 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Oevelopmenl and Organizalion Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) ] SWK 464 Fleld Work IV Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work Ill Continuation of 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1987-1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: About Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is i...
Show more About Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15%other Protestant and 15%Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, selfdisciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. I About Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Augsburg Wcckend College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnfor~nationSessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1987-88 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Degrees and Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Business Adminisrralion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ........................................... ................................................. Education English Managemenl Information Sj8tem.r (MIS) Nursing I1 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 ........................................ . 18 Social Work Minors Characteristics of the Educational Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Admissions Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fees and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Paymentoptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Refund Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Withdrawal From Collegc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Deans List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Student Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) .................... 26 1987-88 Class Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Campus Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Application Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 . . This bullc~ini, a supplcmcnL Lo thc Augsburg Collcge Calelog and is publiahcd lor thc convcniencc u l Augsburg Wcckend Collcgc sludcnL\ Wcckcnd Collcge IS a program ol Augsburg Collcge and is aubjccl lo llic politic\ and prt~visiunsas al;llcd in lhc Augsburg College Cavalug. Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1987 - - - Saturday, May 16 ~ a t u r d aJune ~, 6 Saturday, June 20 - -- - - - - - Saturday, July 1 1 ~ u e s d a ~i ~ 1 ~ 3 8 - Saturday, August 8 For Winter Trimester, 1988 Saturday, October 10 - - - - - 900 AM 9:00 AM - - - Saturday, November 7 Saturday, ~ o v G b e 21 r - - - - For SpringTrimester, 1988 Saturday, January 16 ~ a t u r d a~~e, b r u ; ~13 - Tuesday, ~ a r c h 8 - - For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612 / 330-1782 - 9:00 AM - 1987-1988 Weekend College Calendar Application Deadline Fall Trimester Aug 17, '87 Winter Trimester Nov 30, '87 spring Trimester Mar 7, '88 Orientation Aug 29, '87 Jan 7, '88 Apr 7, '88 Registration Aug 29, '87 Jan 9, '88 Apr 9, '88 - Classes begin . -Sep 11-13, '87 Jan 8-10, '88 Apr 8-10, '88 - Sep 13, '87 Jan 10, '88 Apr 10, '88 Oct 25, '87 Feb 14, '88 May 15, '88 Last day to withdraw from class Nov 22, '87 Mar 6, '88 Jun 5, '88 Classes end Dec 6, '87 Mar 20, '88 Jun 19, '88 F i a l exams Dec 11-13, '87 Mar 25-27, '88 Jun 24-26, '88 Final grades due ~ e z '87c Apr 4, '88 Jul5, '88 Sep 11-13 25-27 Oct 9-1 1 23-25 Nov 6- 8 20-22 Dec 4- 6 11-13 Jan 8-10 15-17 29-31 Feb 12-14 25-27 Mar 4- 6 18-20 25-27 8-10 15-17 29- 1 May 13-15 20-22 Jun 3- 5 17-19 24-26 Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grade option - - - - Classes meet Apr Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is expected that studenb attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted and Majors ram Augsburg Weekend College alloIWS adults to begin or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) - - Bachelor's Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: Music Art - Philosophy History Economics - Political Science - Speech, Communication and Theater Arts English (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology - Sociology Chemistry - Biology Mathematics - Physics - A course in writing (English I 11) or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas. I? ushess Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 33 1 Financial Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 3 11 Public Finance or 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics or 315 Money and Banking ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting or 423 Auditing or 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory ECO 3 18 Management Science or 4 15 Managerial Economics or 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 310 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or SOC 301 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Beginning Speech SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management EGO 4 15 Managerial Economics SPC 353 Advertising Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion Business Minor BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 33 1 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. C ommumecation Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as . psychology, . -. sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. -~ - Required Communications Core ENG 223/ 225/226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 113 Public Speaking Communication Electives With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are required to take ENG 227 (Journalism) in addition to the advanced writing course required in the Communications core. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC/ ART 132 Photography SPC/ ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Marketing Communications BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communications Human Relations PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 3 18 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 353 Advertising SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. I!?/ ducation Licensure in Education Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked out with an advisor in either Elementary or Secondary education. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-LanguageArts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Contact an Education Department advisor for information in your field of study. Elementary Education EDE 253 Orientation to Education* (Ih course) EDE 341 Media Technology (%I course) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments* (%I course) (continued on next page) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (% course) EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (% course) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (% course) EDE 377 K-El Science (% course) EDE 379 K-El Art (% course) EDE 380 K-El Music (% course) EDE 382 K-El Math (% course) EDE 386 Children's Literature (% course) EDE 387 Language Arts (% course) EDE 388 K-El Health (1/4 course) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (% course) EDE 48 1- 484 Student Teaching EDS 388 Human Relations (% course) HPE 114 Safety Education (% course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (% course) SWK 260 Humans Developing College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Experience Separate Secondary Education EDS 264 Orientation to Education* (M course) EDS 341 Media Technology (% course) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (% course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (% course) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments* (% course) EDS 388 Human Relations (% course) EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (% course) EDS 48 1- 484 Student Teaching EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (% course) HPE 114 Safety Education (% course) HPE 1 15 Chemical Dependency (% course) PSY 105 General Psychology Special Methods in Licensure Field *Field Work Separate Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts Students preparing to teach English-Language Arts on the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, the courses for the English major including: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. In addition to the above courses in the English Major, students preparing for licensure in English-Language Arts must complete a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. New licensure rules become effective July 1, 1989. Students who seek licensure after that time will be subject to the new licensure rules. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields-Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (The History Major is described below) plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modem Europe; US.; and non-Western. nglish Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which-we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation oE works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an advisor in the department. anagement Momation Systems (IWS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major BUS 175 BUS 22 1 BUS 222 BUS 242 BUS 252 BUS 279 Computers for Business and Economics Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (continued on next page) BUS ECO ECO ECO CSC/ CSC/ BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO 33 1 112 113 3 13 MAT MAT 370 375 475 476 479 3 18 Financial Management Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics 174 Math for Computing I 175 Math for Computing I1 Advanced Computing for Economics and Business Information Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Information Systems Projects Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Management Science Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following courses: BUS 399 Internship CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics MIS Minor BUS 221 BUS 242 or 252 BUS 375 BUS 475 ECO 113 CSC/ MAT Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Information Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Principles of Microeconomics 174 Mathematics for Computing I Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Admissions - Procedures Admission to the BSN program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 20. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses (Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory Psychology). 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of validation testing for transfer of credit for basic nursing courses. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I* NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research* NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management* NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management*" *These courses may require extra class or lab sessions. **These courses require extra time and cost for clinical work. Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care or REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course PSY 353 Brain and Behavior Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education in its day school program and a candidate for accreditation in its Weekend College program, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. - - - Social Work Courses* SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work I1 SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work I11 (M course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional SWK 469 Field Work IV Required supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 23 1 Sociology of the Family SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Work Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361,463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Work (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: English Minor 5 courses above 111 including one course in British literature and one expository writing course (223,225, 226 or 227). Psychology Minor 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Minor 5 courses approved by the department. Sociology Miior 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above). ofthe Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisors to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Admissions Procedure Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College faculty/staff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester 1987 - August 17, 1987 Winter Trimester 1988- November 30, 1987 Spring Trimester 1988 - March 7, 1988 Financial Aid There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aid/payment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pell Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $150-2100 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial need. Awards range from $100 to $3055 for 1986-87. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Guaranteed Student Loan/Minnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal â¬ull-timeload. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2625 per year for the first two years of undergraduate study and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate undergraduate maximum is $17,250. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Ofice. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Fees and Payment Schedule .- - - - Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) - - - Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) -- - Tuition (per summer course) (tuition charge for 1987 summer terms) - - - - - Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessmenl of Previous Learning -- -- - - Nursing Clinical Fee - - - -- -- - Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee - - - - - - - Late Fee $ C,Y?urytr/fo ~ I ~.v!wt~?n~ I I ~ r(j(~iv!l~rin~f t ~ f i t [!I$! ~ r , \ ~ ~ h t ~ l ~n!xi,~/rufion d/~rl hfe. L,I~!L' ~ ( : ~ L I O W I I ~it~r~l!tr/#*\* II ~II(~<)III/J/PIPt J ( y : i , ~ f ~ t f it1.y o t ~d v j i t ~ t ~ t : n,.) ~'/ILI'EJ:II~,(/ K r : l : t , v ~ r t ~ v ~I'~)I.III l ~ t ~ or 1). 1 I/IIIIJYI~OTW/ /'III~IIT(JII~ Plan - - - - - Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) - - - - - - - $ 5.00 $ 2.00 - Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) - 25.00 -- - - - Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. - - Payment Options Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release Academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National Direct Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options: 1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration. 2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3 month plan is available each trimester. 3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days from the end of the term. Refund Schedule A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% (less a $75 Administrative Fee) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is eflecfive whefheror nof a student has allended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Special Grading Procedures Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 or better and "N" means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not take more than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, with only 2 courses in the major. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following trimester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Withdrawal From College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. Counseling/Support Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Oftice (330-1001). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Ofice (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). Fall Trimester, 1987 Class Schedule Friday Evening 6:OO930 - Saturday Morning 8:3012:OO BUS ECO EDE EDE EDE ENG PHY SOC SPC SWK - 242 112 253/ 379 382 245 101 265 353 260 BIO 185 BUS 175 BUS 221 BUS 242 BUS 324 CHM 109 CSC/ MAT ECO 113 ECO 313 EDE 263 EDE 350/ EDE 376 EDE 389 ENG 111 NUR 403 PHI 130 POL 342 SPA 111 SOC 121 SPC 113 SPC 345 SWK 257 ART Afternoon BUS BUS 1:15BUS 4:45 BUS BUS ECO ECO EDE EDE ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT NUR NUR PHI PSY REL SPA SPC SWK . - 240 221 252 322 391 440 113 312 363/ 386 111 225 162 114 104 305 306 120 105 111 111 354 463 ART Afternoon BUS BUS 1:15BUS 4:45 BUS EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS REL- 132 279 331 375 423 351 364 388 364 366 356 - Saturday - Sunday Principles of Management Principles of Macroeconomics EDS 264 Orientation to Education (E/S) (9/11-11/6) K-El Art (9/11-10/9) K-El Math (10/23-12/11) Introduction to Literature Astronomy* Racial and Minority Group Relations Advertising Humans Developing -- - Biology of Aging Computers for Business and Economics* Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Managerial Cost Accounting General Chemistry* 174 Math for Computer Science* Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Clinical Experience Seminar (l2/5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (E/S) (9/12-1117) K-El Social Studies (10/24-11/21) K-El Physical Education (9/12-10/10) Effective Writing* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Logic Mass Communications in Society Beginning Spanish I* Principles of Sociology Public Speaking Organizational Communication Exploring Human Services - Art History Survey Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Accounting Theory and Practice I Business Law Operations Management Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Macroeconomics EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (12/5) Children's Literature (9/12-11/7) Effective Writing* Advanced Writing* 20th Century South Asia Safety Education (E/S) (9/12-1117) Intermediate Algebra Cont. Nursing I: Commun. & Process* Cont. Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Ethics General Psychology Introduction to Theology Beginning Spanish I* Interpersonal Communication Community Development ---Photography Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Financial Management Information Systems in the Organization Auditing Techniques for Teaching Reading (9/ 13-6113) Interdisciplinary Studies (l0/25-11/22) K-El Health (9/13-10/11) English Methods (9/13-12/13)* Foreign Language Methods (9/ 13-6/ 13) History of Religions - ---- *Extra class or lab sessions required. - - Winter Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule Friday Evening 6009:30 Saturday Morning 8:3012:00 BUS EDE EDS PHY PSY REL SOC SPC SPC 242 387 350 111 373 353 265 222 354 Principles of Management K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/25) Reading in the Content Areas (S) (1/8-2/25) Physics, Computers & Society* Organizational Psychology Denominations and Sects in America Racial and Minority Group Relations Introduction to Theater Interpersonal Communication BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CHM CSC/ ECO EDE/ EDE ENG MUS NUR NUR POL PSY SOC SPC SWK 101 221 222 279 340 433 110 MAT 112 EDS 363/ 111 130 310 423 342 485 375 113 465 Human Biology Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Human Resource Management Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Organic and Biological Chemistry* 175 Math for Computer Science II* Principles of Macroeconomics 341 Media Technology (E/S) (1/9-2/26) EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (E/S) (1/30-3/5-19) Effective Writing* Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Community Health I* Nursing Practicum I* ** Mass Communications Counseling Psychology Social Psychology* Public Speaking Social Policy -- - - Saturday BUS Afternoon BUS BUS 1:15BUS 445 BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO EDE EDS ENG ENG HIS MAT PHI REL SOC SPA SPC SWK - 175 Computers for Business and Economics 222 Principles of Accounting I1 252 Principles of Marketing 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 326 Tax Accounting 33 1 Financial Management 352 Marketing Research and Analysis 479 Int. Quantitative Methods 113 Microeconomics 415 Managerial Economics 377 K-El Science (1/9-2/13) 477 School and Society (1/9-2/26) 223 Writing for Business and the Professions* 438 Shakespeare 222 U.S. History since 1877 114 Elementary Functions* 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 360 Religion and Society 121 Principles of Sociology 112 Beginning Spanish II* 352 Persuasion 468 Field Work 111 ART 118 Painting I Sunday Afternoon BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design ECO 315 Money and Banking 1:15EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (2/14-3/6) 4:45 EDE 380 K-El Music (l/lO-31) FRE 111 Beginning French* GER 111 Beginning German* HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education (E/S) (1/13-3/20) . *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional lab fee charged. - - Spring Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule Friday Evening 6:OO9:30 Saturday Morning 8:301200 BUS BUS HPE INS PHY SOC SPC BIO BUS BUS BUS CHM CSC CSC ECO ECO EDE ENG ENG HIS NUR NUR POL/ PSY SOC SPC SWK -- BUS Afternoon BUS BUS BUS 1:15BUS 4:45 BUS ECO ECO EDE EDE EDE ENG ENG NUR NUR PHI POL PSY REL SOC SPC SWK Saturday p Principles of Marketing Human Resource Management Safety Education (E/S) (4/10-5/20) Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective Physics for the Life Sciences* Introduction to Cultural Anthropology -Public - Relations/PromotionaI Communications 108 222 391 279 100 145 240 113 3 18 351 111 351 341 31 1 404 SPC 355 375 351 467 Microbiology* Principles of Accounting I1 Business Law Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Chemistry for Changing Times Computing for the Liberal Arts Survey of Computer Science* Principles of Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading (4/9-6/25) Effective Writing* American Literature Since 1920 Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of WWII Community Health Nursing 11* ** Contem. Nursing IV: Leadership & Mgmt.* 421 Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics Brain and Behavior* Social Psychology* Argumentation The Social Worker as Professional 242 Principles of Management 331 Financial Management 370 Advanced Personal Computing 425 Advanced Accounting 438 Investments 450 Marketing Management 112 Principles of Macroeconomics 31 1 Public Finance 350/ EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (E/S) (5/14-6/25) 363/ EDE 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (E/S) (5/14-6/4) 388 K-El Health (4/9-30) 227 Journalism* 272 European Literature 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* 350 Introduction to Nursing Research* 130 Logic 160 World Politics 105 General Psychology 240/ 440 Christian Spirituality and Ethics 301 Complex Organizations 355 Small Group Communication 462-Field Work I1 - - p ART Afternoon BUS ECO 1:15EDE 4:45 EDE EDE EDS FRE GER REL Sunday 252 340 114 233 103 336 480 - 250 476 313 253/ 379 388 366 112 112 221 Ceramics Structured Systems Analysis and Design Intermediate Microeconomics EDS 264 Orientation to Education (E/S) (4/10-5/22) K-El Art (6/5-26) K-El Health (4/10-30) Foreign Language Methods (4/10-5/22) Beginning French 11* Beginning German II* Biblical Studies *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional lab fee charged. C ourse Descriptions ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics of Fine experience arts in thein urban the environment and world setting. leading Concern toward appreciation for the visualand content criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: Art/Music ART 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution: Art/Music ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: Art/Music ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm camera. Distribution: Art/Music Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images. Distribution: Art Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art ART 250 Ceramics An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art ART 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Distribution: Art, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies, (upper division) BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major BIO 105 Biology and Society What are sonic of llrc P~ic~lrrpi~llg-l~a'icd pr'c>t)lcrns.wilhwhich our I l ~ pl'n'ipwt r of society tnwl rlti~l'!Wllnl Lllrt::\la ow pcrstd hy ~~ollulion, war, and hy stlorkgm of f o d , warcr and nrm-rcncw;rhlcn o r ~ r ~ d ! What arc Illc imp1ii:alionb oi penclic rrw:~rul!.scicntilic mcisn'~,scriot I I I ~ t tlcliurry t ~ 41i' Ilc;~lihairc'! ( l l r w no1 :L]II?!Y biology, ~ i f i c inctjl~itit~ to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field or tnecticinc :lnd srhni&\irm. For s~udcntnurses, health (Prt'rci~:C'hrm If19 allil concurrent majors or consent of [he ilt'itr11~1or. registration in Chem I Ili clr conscnr al'Inslrklctr~r.T)rlcr; 1101apply to major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this ~u)urw:is IU providc a I~asicunderstanding of the structure and functionina tiF tlic Icniiilc hurnnn organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions nhnr~twclmcri IIlol Iiitve arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Women & Minority Studies BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics An i n t r o ~ h t v ~ 10 i o ~ulmpulcl'tztd ~ d:lln ~ ~ O C L Y S ~Lcarn I ~ ~ : n hi~hcr-lcvcl \l>rcari~hecl~ IL(ITLlS) I:~rtgoir~:c (I3ASIC'). I f i ~ rn :11n>uta~~iip~lterl./ctl antt r l : hrlsc~ ~ ~ 11311ASll). I.c:1r11 ntmut wnrrl prom\tlil: tlrld cornp~llcrr/ctlbur~nt>c\gcallhlcs. (l'rcrrrl.: Mnth I'l:~certlcn~Group ll or high school algebra) Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 221). Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of manapement, n ~ l . : ~ n i ~ ~ tstarling, !un, planning and control. The nature of :cuthor~ty,tcctiuntabilily and responsibility, analysis of the role of lli? pmlm?ionr~lR I : I I I A ~ C ~ . Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic pihlIicy nnd strntcgy issucs in rnnrkcting. k p l , ethical, r~tldZcr:hnobgic:~ILlc!ors as they affect competitive, behavir)r.nI.~YolIon~ic product, promotinn, mnrkeling channel :1nt1 pl,icing dccisinris. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Communications major BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement 111 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of a~rxlr~ntiog theory pertaining to financial statements, income conccl~ts,cupiral stock 2nd surplus account, current and longterm assets. (Prer~vl:722. I:CO !13) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 An analysis of accounting theory p n a i n ~ n g!u invcstmenls, U~n~ihlt and intangible fixed assets, liabilities nr~rlmorved, acfurrrial iopirs. Additional emphasis on income determination ollnsirlcring price levcl ch;~ngfi. (Prereq: 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: 222,242, 252,279 or consent of instructors) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Tllcory ooT auquisition, allocation and management of funds within the lirm; snurcm HIKI uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, n~pitelI?udge~ing, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: 122, LC0 1 13) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Iicse~lrclrp n m s as an :kid to decision-rn:tking in marketing managemen(; rceurcti rnelhodolom nmrkcling rcscnrch resulh; evaluation of the effcctivcncss cjf rficarrh III nrarkctir~g.(I'rrrcq: 252, 279, ECO 113, or crmscnt (1r insrrtlctnr) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics C~~rrerir topics involv~ngprogr~mn~ahlc sprcudsheets (LOTUS), progrnmmablc dafa bnsa (DBASE,),grnphics, information retrieval using tclccr)mnl!~n~ff~lion~, an11 ulher g!lckagc<(~Utisticalanalysis, project management, expert systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing t11cuse of inlormntion syslcms i n the organization. Analyze business n~uxls~ n t infnrrnnlion l requircnient~, identify relevant solutions and commr~niuntc:recomrnc~idnlioria.F.tnph:jsis on management consulting skills includi~lg5vri11cnand vcrhnl comrnunrcations. (Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 331) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/retum rela~ionshipsof various types of securities from the viewpoint of both inclivitfunl and inslitu~ianitlinvestors. Extensive coverage of capital markc~salld panfolio manngcment. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management C:onccpa and principles rclntcrl to the maniigccment of operating Funciions. E~smplcsfrom service industr~c.\,non-profit organizations and mamibcluri~tg.'I'aupht rrnm IImnnagr~alpoin~of view. Topics include: Hn overview of irpcmllons, plannin~c~pcwrionprocesses, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other businm functions; murlteting management and decision making, planning marketing prgrnm, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: 352) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze informarion ~crtuirmient~ $\nddesign systems specifications. Utilize relational rlrlra b;tsc srrClworr to quickly implement several system designs. Utilize pnlrrcl n1nn:rlremenr software to manage the life cycle process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS/ 479 ECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods For Economics and Business Utilizing colnputcr p~c:k;rac'; rclcvt~ntIrk slnli::~i~~l analysis. Programming ~ ~ S W S lid nther statistical packages. tools includr s y ~ r c , r t l ~ l i cmie ~nit:^!), Areas of inlt:n:~t~ncllldcs t n ~ l r ~ idcqcriplirms, c~l snalysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) CHM 100 Chemistry For Changing T i e s This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor. Mathematics for Computing I, I1 A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175) CSC 240 Survey of Computer Sciences An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: CSC/MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124; or equivalent of MAT 121, 124 and Pascal Programming Course.) CSC 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: 240 is recommended before 352 is taken.) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: 313, BUS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) ECO 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business.) EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (M course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession. EDE 341 Media Technology ($5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major. EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary ('h course) The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuroscientific theories. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (1 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 363 Kindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences ( M course) Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Elementary Education major EDE 364 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies ($4 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 376 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies (lh course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 377 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (Ih course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 379 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art (% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 380 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (Ih course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics ( M course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature ( M course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts ( M course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 388 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (I%course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 389 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (I% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 481 482 483 484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: Admission to student teaching and program approval.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting ( M course) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major. EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas ( M course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 352 Clinical Experience ( M course) Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary ('h course) The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 364 English Methods ( M course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDS 264 and 353 or consent of instructor.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division). EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods ( M course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) EDS 388 Human Relations (M course) Emphasis on the study of values of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 477 School and Society ( M course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 481484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. (Prereq: admission to student teaching and program approval) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar ('h course) Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of teaching effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of classroom teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). ENG 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0 - 4.O/N. Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 209 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed with emphasis on expository writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: 111 or equivalent) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major. One of four required choices in the Communications core. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: 111) Major: Required for English major, one of four required choices in the Communications core. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the students' preference. Major: An elective for Public Relations/Advertising major, one of four required choices in the Communications core. ENG 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the trimester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. Major: Required for Public Relations major, one of four required choices in the Communication core ENG 240/ 340 The Short Story The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Required for English major ENG 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English majors ENG 261 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English majors ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of two required choices for English majors ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of two required choices for the English major. ENG 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women in Fiction. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 296/ 396 Highlights of British Literature Works by major British authors including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf. Distribution: English/Speech Major: A British Literature elective ENG 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modem American literature. Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns Major: An elective for the English major (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching, writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for the English major (upper division) FRE 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Continuation of FRE 111. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals; ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distrib~rtion:Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 111 Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 219/ 419 Myths and Myth Making A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 341 Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of World War I1 Beginning with the rise of facism in the 1930's, this course will emphasize the unsuccessful attempts at appeasement, the course of the war, and conclude with the development of the cold war to 1950. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 440 20th Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's facism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education ( M course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education ( M course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in (continued on next page) different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Prereq: Placement Group 11, P/N grading only) MAT 114 Elementary Functions Fundamental operations, Factoring, fractions, functions, and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratios and variation, progression, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. (Math placement test required. Student must achieve a Level 3 ranking in order to enroll in this class.) Distribution: Math/Physics Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking BUS 279 MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arb Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurseclient relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for the applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Taken prior to or concurrently with 310) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing Ik Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking of theory in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum This course provides a Practicum basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: 305,306 or concurrent enrollment, 310,330) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: 305, 310, 330) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing IIk Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Senior standing to be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.(Prereq: 403.) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: 403) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq: 404) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand.) NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. PHI 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system's stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 101 PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: elementary algebra) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation),understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: elementary algebra) Distribution: Math/Physics Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 111 POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) POL/ 342 SPC Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns or Economics/Political Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) POL/ 421 SPC Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken 342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor before registration.) POL 461 Topics in International Politics: Challenges for American Foreign Policy Examines foreign policy strategies, analyzes how foreign policy decisions are made, and looks at major issues being debated by American leaders in a changing world economy. Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) PSY 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology. PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology) Major: Required prerequisite course for BSN major (upper division) PSY 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. Major: Urban Concerns (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq: 105) Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for three Communications majors (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division) REL 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion REL 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for Nursing major REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the held by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion (upper division) SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its application to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Distribution: Sociology Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) SOC 301 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow effected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. Major: Recommended elective in Public Relations/Advertising; Human Relations; and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis oâ¬basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 or PSY 105) Major: Required supporting course for Communication majors and Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 111 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish, lntroduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. SPC 113 313 Public Speaking Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure, principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of the play production process. Major: English/Speech SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nonverbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC/ 342 POL Mass Communications in Society (See course description under POL/SPC 342) SPC 345 Organizational Communication This course will examine the communication aspects of human organizations, focusing on the following three dimensions: sociological (cultures), biological (systems), and psychosociological communication (structures, networks, roles). This course is designed to help students investigate various forms of communication within the boundaries of an organization with an emphasis on communication problems. Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion and debates. Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the Communications core (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the Communications core, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communication. Major: Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising, Supervisory Management and Marketing Communications majors (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communications barriers. Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Major: Recommended for supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 361 Theater History and Criticism Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. Distribution: English/Speech (upper division) SPC/ 421 POL Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See course description under POL/SPC 421) SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevent to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary Education Licensure SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Course taken as a half course in each of two consecutive Weekend College terms. (Prereq: 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462.) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: candidacy status; concurrent with 461) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: I) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. Open to all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Concerns Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper integration of class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: 361, 463 and senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Continuation of 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) Campus Location From Minneapolis: Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul: Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Notes Notes Profile # Student ID Major Class APP. Augsburg Weekend College for ofjce use onb Application for Admission personal Last name, please print first/middle initial other surname under which you were registered at college/university Present address city/state/zip county Telephone, home work social security number Birthdate birthplace, city/state marital status Age: sex: m/f citizen of US.: yes/no If not a U.S. citizen: student visa? yes/no permanent resident? yes/no Current occupation employer address Religious affiliation denomination congregation Predominant ethnic background - Caucasion - American Indian - other Spanish surname - other - Black/Afro American - Chicano (Mexican-American) - Asian American optional previous education Please list in chronologicalorder all schools attended starting with high school (if you have attended 2 years of college, we do not need high school transcripts). Indicate the approximate number of credits earned (quarter or semester) at all post-secondary institutions. Please request that officialcopies of your transcripts be sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. school location dates attended degrees or credit earned I Have you previously applied to: Augsburg Day School Augsburg Weekend College dates dates Have you ever been dropped or dismissed from a post-secondary institution? Ifyes, please explain the circumstances on a separate sheet ofpaper and include it with your applicafion. When do you plan to enter Augsburg Weekend College? - fall trimester 19- - winter trimester 19- - - second major - spring trimester 19- Anticipated educational goal: - baccalaureate degree (baccalaureate level) classes for work competency (non-degree) - classes for personal interest (non-degree) Do you wish to apply for financial aid? -yes -no planned major or area of academic interest anticipated number of courses per term Do you need assistance in locating lodging for the weekends that classes are held? - yes - no Do you need assistance in arranging daycare for the time periods that classes are held? - yes - no Will you be using the company tuition reimbursement plan? - yes - no Please summarize your reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Weekend College. How did Augsburg Weekend College gain your attention and why have you come to seriously consider it? In this summary please include a description of your tentative educational objectives and previous work, school, military, or community activities which may be of interest to us. date signature When completed, return this application to the Augsburg Weekend College Office, Augsburg College, 731-21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Include with it an application fee of $15.00. This is a one-time fee for processing your application and will not be refundable or applied to your bill. If you have questions about the application process or about the programs of Augsburg Weekend College, please call 330-1782.
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1983-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Weekend Il S College S TABLE OF CONTENTS 1983-84 Calendar Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Characteristics of the Educational Program Degrees and Majors Business Administration Communication *Management Information Systems (MIS) Social Work Student Support Services Assessment of Pr...
Show more Weekend Il S College S TABLE OF CONTENTS 1983-84 Calendar Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Characteristics of the Educational Program Degrees and Majors Business Administration Communication *Management Information Systems (MIS) Social Work Student Support Services Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) Fees and Payment Schedule Refund Schedule Financial Aid Admissions Procedure About Augsburg College Campus Map Campus Location 114qd AUGSBURG COLLEGE WEEKEND COLLEGE 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18119 inside back cover WEEKEND COLLEGE OFFICE For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 I Postmaster: I Volume 114, Number 1 I AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Second class postage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Summer 1983 6121330-1782 - INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE 1983-84 CALENDAR Purpose FALL TRIMESTER November 4-6, 18-20 Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. December 2-4 The Adult as Student August 27,1983 OrientationIRegistration September 9-11, 23-25 October 7-9, 21-23 December 9-11 Exams WINTER TRIMESTER December 3,1983 OrientationlRegistration The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, selfdisciplined and well-motivated adult. learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. January 6-8, 20-22 Alternate Weekends February 3-5, 17-19 To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. March 2-4, 16-18, 30-April 1 April 6-8 Exams Community of Learners SPRING TRIMESTER March 31,1984 OrientationlRegistration April 13-15, 27-29 May 4-6, 18-20 June 1-3, 8-10, 22-24 June 29-July 1 Exams Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out oi the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM DEGREES AND MAJORS I 1 Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). I I I ~ . Baccalaureate Degree The baccalaureate degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve .as academic advisers to students who are in the p r e major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. One approved course from each of seven areas: Art- Music History- Philosophy Economics- Political Science English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Psychology-Sociology Chemistry- Biology Mathematics- Physics Library Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies Faculty I . Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a baccalaureate degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from four separate majors, each with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of nine business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 131 Business Law BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ECO 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) ECO 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) ECO 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Accounting Major Students who wish to pursue an accounting major will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 262 Intermediate Accounting I BUS 263 lntermediate Accounting II BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 483 Auditing or 484 Advanced Accounting ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 391 Public Finance or 392 Money and Banking Finance Major Students will take the following courses in addition to the core: BljS 262 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accounting or 382 Tax Accounting BUS 478 lnvestments and Financial Institutions ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 391 Public Finance or 392 Money and Banking Management Major Students will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 250 Data Processing BUS 340 Personnel Administration BUS 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases or 478 lnvestments and Financial Institutions ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making ECO 445 Managerial Economics Supporting Courses: PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual: Male and Female PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 241 lntroduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology or 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications or 355 Small Group Communications SPC 113/313 Public Speaking OR ENG 225, 226, or 227 Advanced Writing Marketing Major Students will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 135 lntroduction to Marketing BUS 250 Data Processing BUS 330 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 430 Marketing Management ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics ECO 445 Managerial Economics (Continued Next Page) Communication Electives Supporting Courses: PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 353 Advertising Business Minor 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102 and one of 261, 373, 379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. COMMUNICATION Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communications Core SPC 342 Mass. Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship ENG 225 Advanced Writing Required Supporting Courses: SPC 113 Public Speaking PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology . With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: PUBLIC RELATIONS AND ADVERTISING: BUS 135 lntroduction to Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 or 227 Creative Writing or Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SPCl ART 132 Photography SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I, II SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public Relations HUMAN RELATIONS: PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 383 Racial & Minority Group Relations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 353 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations SUPERVISORY MANAGEMENT: BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 250 Data Processing BUS 340 Personnel Administration BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 340 Managerial Decision-Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SPC 353 Advertising SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) The MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major MAT CSC CSC CSC CSC BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS 174 240 340 350 352 101 102 145 250 261 375 475 479 ECO 122 ECO 123 Eta 445 ECO 340 ECO 379 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science Elementary Computer Science Digital Communications and Computer Networks Data Structures and File Processing Data Base Management and ~ecision Principles of Financial Accounting Principles of Managerial Accounting Fundamentals of Management Data Processing Fundamentals of Finance lnformation Systems in the Organization lnformation Systems Analysis and Design Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Principles of Economics-Macro Principles of Economics-Micro Managerial Economics m Managerial Decision Makina ~uanitativeMethods for ~conomicsand Business MIS Minor I 1 I MAT CSC BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO 174 240 250 375 475 101 261 123 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science Elementary Computer Science Data Processing lnformation Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Principles of Financial Accounting Fundamentals of Finance Principles of Economics-Micro SOCIAL WORK Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses SWK 257 Practicum in Human Services SWK 361 Systems of Social Welfare SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work l SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work II SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 464 Field Work lV SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional Required Supporting Courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. (Continued Next Page) Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the Center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office (330-1002). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per semester course) * 1 Tuition (per summer course)' Tuition Deposit Students must make a deposit of $50 when their application for admission has been accepted. This advance payment is not refundable, but will be credited to the student's tuition for the first term of enrollment. FINANCIAL AID There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pell Grant Program This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least a two-course load in Weekend College. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program REFUND SCHEDULE A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Guaranteed Student LoanlMinnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 9% for borrowers after January 1, 1981. The maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. To Apply for Financial Aid I I I *Augsburg courses are comparatively large blocks of academic credit. One Augsburg course is the equivalent of 6 quarter credits.-35 total courses are needed to graduate. **Tuition charge for 1983 summer terms. 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1 I 1 I I Who May Apply History Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Admissions Process Location 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the baccalaureate degree. 5) Students who are accepted and who choose to enroll in one or more Augsburg Weekend College courses are asked to make a $50.00 tuition deposit prior to registration for that term. 6) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Augsburg Weekend College students will not be required to take college entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee may, however, request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. Students who are admitted conditionally may be referred to the Academic Skills Center and encouraged to participate in the developmental skills programs that are available. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. Accessibility We have made a n?ajor effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51 % of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Nondiscrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. CAMPUS MAP 15. ~ i t t Theater k 16. East Hall G. practice ~ i e l d H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp CAMPUS MAP NOTES CAMPUS LOCATION lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE Class Schedule & Course Dercrlptions ri I 1983-84 CALENDAR FALL TRIMESTER August 27,1983 OrientationIRegistration September 9-11, 23-25 October 7-9, 21-23 - - November 4-6, 18-20 December 2-4 December 9-11 Exams WINTER TRIMESTER December 3,1983 OrientationIRegistration January 6-8, 20-22 February 3-5, 17-19 March 2-4, 16-18, 30-April 1 April 6-8 Exams SPRING TRIMESTER March 31,1984 OrientationlRegistration April 13-15, 27-29 May 4-6, 18-20 June 1-3. 8-10, 22-24 June 29-July 1 Exams Winter Trimester, 1 0 8 4 Class Schedule Fall Trimester, 1 0 8 3 Class Schedule I Friday Thursday 6:OO-9:30 ART 352 Women's Art History Friday 6:OO-9:30 BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management SPC 353 Advertising SOC 383 Racial & Minority Group Relations Saturday 8:30-12:OO Saturday 1:15-4:45 I I Sunday 1:15-4:45 I' 250 251 111 303 Data Processing Intermediate Micro. Effective Writing Contemporary Nursing I: ~ommunications/Group PSY 105 General Psychology SPC 354 Interpersonal Comm. REL 354 Life of the Church in the City *Courses may be added to or sclbtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. - BUS 135 Intro. to Marketing PSY 373 Organizational Psych. Saturday 8:30-12:OO BIO BUS BUS CKM 101 102 373 110 Saturday 1:15-4:45 ART BUS ECO MAT 225 340 123 114 Sunday 1:15-4:45 ENG 241 Intro. to Cinema Arts E L 356 History of Religios~s . (. BUS 101 Intro. to Financial Accounting BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance CHM 109 General Chemistry ENG 261 Modern Fiction POL 342 Mass Communication SPC 113 Public Speaking BUS ECO ENG NUR 6:OO-9:30 Human Biology Managerial Accounting Financial Management Organic & Biological Chemistry PHI 130 Logic SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Visual Communications I Personnel Adininistration Microeconomics College Algebra & Trigonmetry NUR 304 Contemporary N~rsing11: Nursing Theory . SPC 352 Persuasion - *Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. Spring Trimester, 1084Class Schedule Friday 6:OO-9:30 Saturday 8:30-12:OO I Course Descriptions ART 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I -- SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 480 Public Relations BUS 131 Business Law BUS 330 Marketing Analysis & Research ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making POL 121 American Government & Politics PSY 355 Brain & Behavior (Winter, Sat. p.m.) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images. Distribution: Art Major: Elective in public relations/advertising major . ART 330 VISUAL - COMMUNICATIONS (Spring, Sat. p.m.) A study of the visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in the areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. : 225) Distribution: Art (upper division) Major: Elective in public relations/advertising major Saturday 1:15-4:45 I I Sunday 1:15-4:45 ART BUS ECO ENG HIS 330 379 122 225 331 Visual Communications I1 Quantitative Methods Macroeconomics Advanced Writing Topics in U.S. History: 1945 to present NUR 330 Nursing Trends & Issues E L 221 Biblical Studies FEU3 111 Beginning French GER 111 Beginning German ART 352 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY (Fall, Thurs. p.m.) A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociolopical environment of each period. Distribution: Art, urban concerns/minority studies, (upper division) BIO 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY ---- (Winter, Sat. a.m.) Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on tile environment? What influence does the environment, especially ttie urban environment, have on man? (Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work I BUS 101 PRINCIPLES 3 -- *Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. FINANClAL ACCOUNTING (Fall, Sat. a.m.) Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial stacen~encs. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (Winter, Sat. a.m.) BUS 102 PRINCIPLES 2 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 101) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 131 BUSINESS LAW -- (Spring, Sat. a.m.) Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core. BUS 135 INTRODUCTION =MARKETING -- (Winter, Fri. p.m.) Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required for marketing major, elective in public relations/ advertising major BUS 145 FUNDAMENTAL? -- MANAGEMENT Required for business Imnagement major in Business Administration and MIS major, elective in public relationa/edvertising and supervisory management majors in Communication. BUS 250 DATA PROCESSING --- (Fall Sat. p.m.) introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. An Major: Required in buslness managment and marketing major and MIS major; elective in supervisory managment major. (Fall, Sat. a.m.) Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq : 101,102) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 330 MARKETING -- RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS (Spring, Sat. a.m.) Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent of instructor). Major: Required in marketing major (upper division) BUS 340 PERSONNEL -- ADMINISTRATION (Winter, Sat. p.m.) Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: Bus. Ad. 145 or consent of instructor). Major: (Fall, Fri. p.m.) Development of the theory of management. organization. staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: BUS 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE -- Required for business management major, elective in supervisory management major (upper division) BUS 373 FINANCIAL -- MANAGEMENT: THEORIES AND CASES (Winter, Sat. a.m.) Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 261). Major: Required in finance and business management majors (upper division) BUS 379 QUANTlTAl'IVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS -- BUSINESS (8P, Sat. p.m.) An introduction to quantitiative reasoning, descriptive mea- sures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applletl problems in business and economics. (Prereq: High School Algebra). Major: Required for Business Administratton core and MIS major (upper division) CHM 109 GENERAL, ORGANIC ----- AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY ( F a l l , S a t . a.m.) Designed f o r s t u d e n t s who need a s u r v e y of t h e fundamentals of g e n e r a l . o r g a n i c and b i o l o g i c a l c h e m i s t r y f o r c a r e e r s i n a l l i e d h e a l t h a r e a s s u c h a s n u r s i n g ( i n c l u d i n g Augsburg's upper d i v i s i o n program). Open a l s o t o o t h e r s t u d e n t s . F i r s t term, g e n e r a l c h e m i s t r y p r i n c i p l e s and a n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o organic chemistry. W i l l include arranged time f o r l a b o r a t o r y work. T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t a p p l y toward t h e major o r minor i n c h e m i s t r y . Distribution: Major: Chemistry Required p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r n u r s i n g major CHH 110 GENERAL, --ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL --- CHEMISTRY (W, S a t . a.m.) C o n t i n u a t i o n of Chentistry 109. Organic and b i o l o g i c a l c h e m i s t r y w i t h s p e c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n s t o human p h y s i o l o g i c a l chemistry. W i l l i n c l u d e a r r a n g e d t i m e f o r l a b o r a t o r y work. Does n o t apply toward t h e major o r minor i n c h e m i s t r y . Distribution: Major: Major: Required f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o r e . ECO 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING -- ( S p r i n g , S a t . a.m.) P r o v i d e s a sound c o n c e p t u a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e modern t e c h n i q u e s of management s c i e n c e t o p r e p a r e s t u d e n t s t o make b e t t e r b u s i n e s s and economic d e c i s i o n s . Emphasis i s on a p p l i c a t i o n s , which a r e t a k e n from t h e a r e a s of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , m a r k e t i n g , p o r t f o l i o s e l e c t i o n , environm e n t a l p r o t e c t i o n , t h e s h o r t e s t r o u t e , i n v e n t o r y models, i n f o r m a t i o n systems, e t c . ( P r e r e q : Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h s c h o o l a l g e b r a o r e q u i v a l e n t s ) . Major: Required f o r B u s i n e s s Managemenr major. e l e c t i v e i n s u p e r v i s o r y management major (upper d i v i s i o n ) Required p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r n u r s i n g major ECONOMICS (MACRO) ( S p r i n g , S a t . p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macroeconomics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. A p p l i c a t i o n of elementary economic t h e o r y t o curr e n t economic problems. May b e t a k e n i n d e p e n d e n t l y of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may b e t a k e n i n e i t h e r order. Distribution: Economics Required f o r Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o r e . ECO 123 PRINCIPLES OF -- ECONOMICS (MICRO) (Wjnter, S a t . p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o microeconomics. t h e t h e o r y o f t h e househ o l d , f i r m , market: s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n of e l e m e n t a r y economic t h e o r y t o market p o l i c y . May b e t a k e n i n d e p e n d e n t l y of Economics 122 o r 120. ECOnomics 122 and 123 may b e t a k e n i n e i t h e r o r d e r . Distribution: Major: ( F a l l , S a t . p.m.) Theory of r e s o u r c e a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s o f consumer beh a v i o r , f i r m and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s o f p r o d u c t i o n and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welf a r e economics ( P r e r e q : 123). Chemistry ECO 122 PRINCIPLES OF -- Major: ECO 251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS -- Economics Required f o r Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o r e ENG 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING -- ( F a l l , S a t . p.m.) The s t u d y of composition w i t h emphasis on e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . A t t e n t i o n t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n , and t h e r e s e a r c h p a p e r . The g r a d i n g system f o r t h i s c o u r s e i s e i t h e r PIN o r 2.0-4.O/N. Distribution: ENG 225 ADVANCED -- Required f o r g r a d u a t i o n EXPOSlTORY WRITING ( S p r i n g . S a t . a.m.) The development o f e s s a y s i n a v a r i e t y of r h e t o r i c a l modes, which may i n c l u d e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , d e f i n i t i o n . c l a s t l i f i c a t i o n , i l l u s t r a t i o n , comparison and c o n t r a s t , and a n a l y s i s . Part i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n w i l l b e g i v e n t o s t y l i s t i c and o r g a n i z a t i o n a l m a t t e r s through t h e c o u r s e ' s workshop f o r m a t , i n which s t u d e n t s ' p a p e r s a r e r e a d and d i s c u s s e d . ( P r e r e q : 111). Major: Required f o r Communications c o r e , e l e c t i v e f o r b u s i n e s s managenlent major ENG 241 INTRODUCTION -- T O CINEMA ART (Winter, Sun. p.m.) An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e f i l m medium. The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s t h e viewing and d i s c u s s i n g of b o t h . f e a t u r e l e n g t h and s h o r t f i l m s . Distribution: English ENG 261 MODERN FICTlON ---- ( F a l l , S a t . a.m.) S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d p r o s e w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y . Distribution: FRE 111 BEGINNING -- English FRENCH ( S p r i n g , Sun. p.m.) Designed t o i n t r o d u c e t h e s t u d e n t w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n French t o t h e language and t o French c u l t u r e . The p r o n u n c i a t i o n system and b a s i c s e n t e n c e s t r u e t u r e s a r e t a u g h t t o e n a b l e u n d e r s t a n d i n g and e x p r e s s i o n on a rudimentary l e v e l . While t h i s c o u r s e i s open t o a l l s t u dents, t h e course w i l l focus i n p a r t on preparation f o r a t r i p t o France t o t a k e p l a c e d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h French 112. Distribution: GER 111 BEGINNING -- Foreign Language GERMrW (Spring, Sun. p.m.) Course 111 i s f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background. A i m s a t d e v e l o p i n g b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g b a s i c German. Goals: a b i l i t y t o r e a d extended n a r r a t i v e s i n s i m p l e German, i n s i g h t s i n t o German c u l t u r e and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s h o r t c o n v e r s a t i o n s . Laboratory materials available. Distribution: F o r e i g n Language HIS 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY: ------ 1945 TO PRESENT (SP, S a t . p.m.) A s u r v e y of t h e p r i n c i p a l t r e n d s i n American p o l i t i c s and f o r e i g n p o l i c y from t h e end of World War I1 t o t h e p r e s e n t . S o c i a l and c u l t u r a l t r e n d s a l s o a r e emphasized, p a r t i c u l a r l y a s t h e y r e l a t e t o p o l i t i c s and t h e conduct of f o r e i g n p o l i c y . Distribution: H i s t o r y (upper d i v i s i o n ) MAT 114 COLLEGE ALGEBRA ----- AND TRIGONOMETRY (Winter, S a t . p.m.) Fundamental o p e r a t i o n s , f a c t o r i n g , f r a c t i o n s , f u n c t i o n s , and g r a p h s , l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s , exponents and r a d i c a l s , q u a d r a t i c e q u a t i o n s , r a t i o and v a r i a t i o n , p r o g r e s s i o n , binomial theorem, l o g a r i t h m s and t r i g o n o m e t r i c f u n c t i o n s . Distribution: Major: Math S t r o n g l y recommended f o r Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n major p r i o r t o t a k i n g Bus 379 and f o r t h e MIS major p r i o r t o t a k i n g Mat 174. NUR -303 CONTEMPORARY - NURSING I: COMMUNICATIONS/GROUP_ (35 course--Fall, S a t . p.m.) T h i s c o u r s e is one of t h e t r a n s i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t h a t int r o d u c e s t h e s t u d e n t t o components of t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l r o l e and b e g i n s t h e p r o f e s e i o n a l and s o c i a l i z a t i o n p r o c e s s . The communication p r o c e s s i s emphasized a s one means by which t h e n u r s e - c l i e n t r e l a t i o n s h i p i s e s t a b l i s h e d and m a i n t a i n e d . I n t e r a c t i v e communication t h e o r i e s a r e e x p l o r e d f o r t h e i r a p p l i c a b i l i t y t o changing r o l e s and p r o f e s s i o n a l practice. Major: Rquired f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g major. NUR 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING -- 11: NURSING THEORY ($ c o u r s e ) (Winter, S a t . p.m.) The c o u r s e i n t r o d u c e s t h e o r i e s and c o n c e p t u a l t h i n k i n g i n t h e p r o c e s s of p r o f e s s i o n a l development. The f u n c t i o n of t h e o r y i n g u i d i n g n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e is emphasized. S e l e c t e d n u r s i n g t h e o r i e s a r e examined. Major: Required f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g major. NUR 330 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING ( S p r i n g , - S a t . p.m.) This course is designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t responsib i l i t i e s of t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e . Contemporary s o c i a l and p r o f e s s i o n a l t r e n d s and i s s u e s a r e e x p l o r e d i n l i g h t of t h e i r implications f o r nursing practice. Major: Required f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g major. PHI 130 LOGIC --- (Winter, S a t . a.m.) Suppose someone g i v e s you r e a s o n s . and t h e n s a y s you must acc e p t a p a r t i c u l a r c o n c l u s i o n . Must you? When does a conclus i o n v a l i d l y f o l l o w from p r e m i s e s ? Here we examine t h e r u l e s which govern v a l i d arguments and work t o develop your a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. Distribution: Major: Philosophy Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication major POL 1 2 1 AMERICAN -- GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS ( S p r i n g , S a t . a.m.) The p o l i t i c s of American government i n c l u d i n g t h e forms of p o l i t i c a l i d e a s ; t h e p a t t e r n of p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; t h e dynamics of cong r e s s i o n a l , p r e s i d e n t i a l and b u r e a u c r a t i c policymaking; and c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n American s o c i e t y . The c o u r s e was s e l e c t e d t o c o i n c i d e w i t h t h e t i m e l e a d i n g up t o t h e e l e c t i o n y e a r p o l i t i c a l p a r t y convent i o n s . Distribution: P o l i t i c a l Science POL 342 MASS --- COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY ( F a l l , S a t . a.m.) E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g a s t u d y of c e n s o r s h i p , newsmaking, e n t e r t a i n ment and p u b l i c a f f a i r s progranrming. Distribution: Major: Urban Concerns Required f o r t h e Communication major. PSY 105 CENERAL --- PSYCHOLOGY ( F a l l , S a t . p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e methods and approachea used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r . The s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology, i n c l u d i n g i t s major sub-areas, is emphasized. Distribution: Major: Psychology Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication majors and S o c i a l Work major, a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r advanced c o u r s e s i n psychology REL .354 LIFE OF THE CHURCH IN THE CITY - Distribution: REL 356 HISTORY ---- BEHAVIOR ( S p r i n g , S a t . a.m.) A s u r v e y of t h e f u n c t i o n s o f t h e nervous system which a r e res p o n s i b l e f o r b e h a v i o r i n a n i m a l s and human b e i n g s . Major t o p i c s include: s l e e p and w a k e f u l n e s s , m o t i v a t i o n and emotion, l e a r n i n g and memory and m e n t a l d i s o r d e r s ( P r e r e q : 105 and one course i n biology). Major: Required p r e r e q u i s i t e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g ma jo r PSY 373 ORGANIZATIONAL -- PSYCHOLOGY (Winter, F r i . p.m.) T h e o r e t i c a l c o n c e p t u a l i z a t i o n s of o r g a n i z a t i o n a l b e h a v i o r . F a c t o r s and p r a c t i c e s such a s management s t y l e s , e v a l u a t i o n and m a i n t e w n c e of work e f f e c t i v e n e s s , and s o c i a l i n f l u e n c e s . An organizational f i e l d experience. ( P r e r e q : 105). Major: Supporting c o u r s e f o r Business Management major and e l e c t i v e f o r a l l Communication majors (upper d i v i s i o n ) REL 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES -- (Spring, S a t . p.m.) Relgion o r Urban Concerns (upper d i v i s i o n ) OF RELIGIONS (Winter, Sun. p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t o r y s u r v e y of some of t h e major l i v i n g r e l i g i o n s of t h e world, i n c l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, S h i n t o and Islam. L e c t u r e s p l u s some d i s c u s s i o n of primary documents from t h e s e r e l i g i o u s communities. Distribution: R e l i g i o n (upper d i v i s i o n ) SOC 121 PRINCIPLES -- SOCIOLOGY (Winter, S a t . a.m.) Its a p p l i Sociology a s a mode o f a n a l y s i s o r way of knowing. c a t i o n t o a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of b a s i c a s p e c t s of s o c i e t y ; s o c i a l i z a t i o n , family l i f e , s o c i a l i n e q u a l i t i e s , large-scale i n s t i tutions, etc. Sociology a s a n academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Distribution: PSY 355 BRAIN AND ---- ( F a l l , Sun. p.m.) The Gospel and v a r i o u s forms of m i n i s t r y e v i d e n t i n urban structures. Major: Sociology Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication n ~ a j o rand S o c i a l Work major. SOC 375 SOCIAL --- PSYC1tOI.OGY ( S p r i n g , F r i . p.m.) An examination of t h e i d e a of "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o ind i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y . An a n a l y s i s of t h e i d e a s of " s e l f " and " i d e n t i t y " and what p a r t t h e y p l a y i n u n d e r s t a n d i n g A ~ o c i o l o g i c a lv i s w i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s and human b e h a v i o r . of m e n t a l h e a l t h . A l o o k a t t h e major assumptions and p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g o u r everyday l i f e - - a l o o k a t t h e t r i v i a l , t h e o r d i "Symbolic i n t e r a c t i o ~ l " , a n i m nary and t h e taken-for-granted. p o r t a n t o r i e n t a t i o n I n s o c i a l psyctiology, w i l l b e used a s a way of d e a l i n g w i t h t h e major i s s u e s i n t h e c o u r s e . ( P r e r e q : 121 o r Psych 105). Major: Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication m a j o r s and S o c i a l Work major, e l e c - t i v e s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r b u s i n e s s management major (upper d i v i s i o n ) . SOC 383 RACIAL - AND EIINOKl'TY CROUP KEl.Al:IONS ( F a l l , F r i . p.m.) The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y c h a r a c t e r , and t r a n s m i s s i o n of t h e B i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f self-understanding. Distribution: Distribution: Religion Major: Minority S t u d i e s Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r s o c i a l . work major and (upper d i v i s i o n ) bus l n e s s managelllent major. -. Important Academic D a t e s SPC 11'3/313 PUHLlC Sl'EAKING (Fall, Sat. a.m.) Basic problems of effective speaking and lietening. May be taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Distribution: E~~glish/speech Major: SPC 352 Required supporting course in communication major Elective supporting course in business management major PERSUASION (Winter, Sat. p.m.) Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: Required for communications major, supporting course in marketing major (upper division) SPC 353 ADVERTISING (Fall, Fri. p.m.) An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and comunication. Major: SI'C 354 I I Supporting course in marketing major, elective in public relations/advertising and supervisory management majors. INTERPERSONAL (:OMMUNICATION (Fall, Sat. p.m. ) A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and lion-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. I I Distribution: I Major: ~nglish/S~eech(upper division) Required for Communication Core, elective supporting course in business management major SPC 480 PUBLIC RELATIONS -Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and how it fits into the total picture of communication. Major: Elective in all communication majors (upper division)
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1985-1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INFORMATION SESSIONS Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year These information sessions are fret? of charge and are approximately two hours In length, Please call the Weekend Colleg...
Show more INFORMATION SESSIONS Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year These information sessions are fret? of charge and are approximately two hours In length, Please call the Weekend College Off~ce (330-1782) to recelve further deta~lson these ~nformation sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: FOR FALL TRIMESTER, 1985 Saturday, May 18 Saturday, June 8 Saturday, June 22 Saturday, July 13 Tuesday, July 30 Saturday, August 10 FOR WINTER TRIMESTER, 1986 Saturday, October 12 Saturday, November 9 Saturday, December 7 FOR SPRING TRIMESTER, 1986 Saturday, January 18 Saturday, February 15 Tuesday, March 11 INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE TABLE OF CONTENTS 1985-86 Calendar inside front cover Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College 3 4 Characteristics of the Educational Program 5 Degrees and Majors - . 6 Business Administration 8 Communication 10 Management Information Systems (MIS) Nursing - - 11 - 12 Social Work - -13 Deans List Student Support Services - . 13 Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) 1 4 Fees and Payment Schedule 15 Refund Schedule 15 Financial Aid 16 . 17 Admissions Procedure .- 18119 Campus Map - - 20 About Augsburg College -Campus Location inside back cover Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners This bulletin is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg .College catalog. Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. lnternships lnternships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. DEGREES AND MAJORS Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a baccalaureate degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. Baccalaureate Degree The baccalaureate degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: Art- Music History - Philosophy Economics- Political Science English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology -Sociology Chemistry- Biology Mathematics- Physics 1 A course in writing (English 111) or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from five separate majors, each with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas except nursing. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 131 Business Law BUS 135 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 250 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ECO 122 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 123 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 251 lntermediate Microeconomics ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 391 Public Finance or 392 Money and Banking Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 262 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 263 lntermediate Accouting II BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accouting BUS 382 Tax Accounting or 483 Auditing or 484 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions BUS 399 lnternship Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 382, 483 and 484 sequence. 6 Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 262 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases BUS 478 Investments and Financial Institutions ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making or 445 Managerial Economics or 479 lntermediate Quantitative Methods Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accouting BUS 382 Tax Accounting BUS 399 lnternship Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Personnel Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Beginning Speech ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications BUS 399 lnternship Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: (Continued Next Page) BUS 330 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 430 Marketing Management ECO 445 Managerial Economics SPC 353 Advertising Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions BUS 399 lnternship Business Minor BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 135 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance ECO 122 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 123 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. COMMUNICATION Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communications Core SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 lnternship ENG 225 Advanced Writing Required Supporting Courses: SPC 113 Public Speaking PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology Communication Electives With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising: BUS 135 Introduction to Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 or 227 Creative Writing or Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SPCIART 132 Photography SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public RelationsiPromotionaI Communications Human Relations: PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 383 Racial & Minority ,Group Relations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 353 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management: BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO PSY SPC SPC SPC 145 250 340 379 440 340 373 353 355 480 Fundamentals of Management Data Processing Personnel Administration Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Operations Management Managerial Decision-Making Organizational Psychology Advertising Small Group Communication Public Relations Promotional Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. 9 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO 101 102 135 145 250 261 379 122 123 251 Principles of Financial Accounting Principles of Managerial Accounting Fundamentals of Marketing Fundamentals of Management Com~utersin Business and Economics ~undamentalsof Finance Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Major Emphasis CSC 170 lntroduction to Structured Programming CSC 240 Elementary Computer Science CSC 352 Data Bases BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis BUS 476 Structured Systems Analysis and Design BUS 479 lntermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following courses: PHI 120 Ethics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks BUS 399 Internship MIS Minor BUS BUS or BUS BUS ECO CSC 101 135 145 375 475 123 170 Principles or Financial Accounting Fundamentals of Marketing Fundamentals of Management lnformation Systems in the Organization lnformation Systems Analysis Principles of Microeconomics Introduction to Structured Programming EducationalGoals Additional Information 0 When do you plan to enter Augsburg Weekend College? Fall Trimester 19 - Winter Trimester 19 - Spring Trimester 19 - Anticipated EducationalGoal Baccalaureate Degree Second Major (baccalaureate level) Classes for personal interest (nondegree) Planned Major or Area of Academic Interest Do you wish to apply for financial aid? Doyou need Assistance in locating lodging for the weekendsthat classes are held? Yes No Yes No Classes for wok Competency (nondegree) Anticipated number 0fCwrsesperTm Doyou need assistance in arranging daycare for the time periods that classes are held? Yes No Please summarize your reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Weekend College. How did Augsburg Weekend College gain your attention and why have you come to seriously consider it? In this summary please indude a descnptbn of your tentative educational objectives and previous work, school, m i l i i , or community activities which may be of interest to us. Date Signature When completed, retum this application to the Augsburg Weekend College Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Include with it an a p p l i i n fee of $15.00. This is a one-time fee for processingyour application and will not be refundable or applied to your bill. If you have questions about the application process or about the programs of Augsburg Weekend College, please call S 1 7 8 2 . NURSING MAJOR Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible to nurses who work and are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Admissions-Procedures Admission to the BSN program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 17. As candidates for the nursing major, RN's must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses (Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and lntroductory Psychology). 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of validation testing for transfer of credit for basic nursing courses. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 31 1 330 350 403 404 423 427 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication and Process Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing Community Health Nursing I Community Health Nursing II Trends and Issues in Nursing Introduction to Nursing Research Contemporary Nursing Ill: Nursing with Families Contemporary Nursing IV: LeadershipIManagement Practicum in Nursing I Practicum in Nursing II Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 or REL 483 PSY 353 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Christian Ethics or an approved ethics course Brain and Behavior STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES SOCIAL WORK Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses* SWK 257 Practicum in Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Systems of Social Welfare SWK 359/360 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 459/460 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work II SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 464 Field Work IV SWK 465 Social Policv: Analvsis and Develolsment SWK 466 Field Work ill (Yz course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional Required Supporting Courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 231 Socioloav of the Familv SOC 365 ~ u a n t i t s v eAnalysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325. or Social Work 465. Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the Center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's list is published after each trimester, listing students whose grade point average for the trimester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in the courses offered for credit. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office (330-1002). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course)* Tuition (per summer course)* Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for assessment of previous learning LATE FEES There will be a $10 additional fee for registration after the regularly scheduled time, and a $25 late fee for registration after the first class weekend. REFUND SCHEDULE A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. *Augsburg courses are comparatively large blocks of academic credit One Augsburg course is the equivalent of 6 quarter credits. 35 total courses are needed to graduate. *"Tuition charge for 1985 summer terms. FINANCIAL AID There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pell Grant Program This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least a two-course load in Weekend College. Minnesota Parbtime Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Guaranteed Student LoanlMinnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 9 % for borrowers after January 1, 1981. The maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the baccalaureate degree. 5) Students who are accepted and who choose to enroll in one or more Augsburg Weekend College courses are asked to make a $50.00 tuition deposit prior to registration for that term. 6) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. Augsburg Weekend College students will not be required to take college entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee may, however, request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. Students who are admitted conditionally may be referred to the Academic Skills Center and encouraged to participate in the developmental skills programs that are available. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester, 1985-August 12, 1985 Winter Trimester, 1986-December 9, 1985 Spring Trimester, 1986-March 10, 1986 CAMPUS MAP Augsburg College CAMPUS MAP ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51 % of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Nondiscrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. 1985-1986 CALENDAR FALL TRIMESTER 1985 August 12 Application Deadline August 31 Orientation and Registration September 13-15,27-29 October 11-13,25-27 November 8-10,22-24 December 6-8 December 13-15 I 1 I Finals WINTER TRIMESTER 1986 December 9 January 2 January 4 Application Deadline New Student Orientation Registration January 3-5,17-19 January 31-February 2, February 14-16 February 28-March 2, March 14-16,21-23 March 30 Easter A ~ r i4-6 l Finals SPRING TRIMESTER 1986 Application Deadline March 10 April 10 New Student Orientation April 12 Registration April 11-13,25-27 Mav 9-11.16-18.30-June 1 -- June 6-8,20-22 June 27-29 Finals Posbn8sler: Volume 116,Number I, Spring 1985 612/330-1782 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310)is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapoilis M N 55454. Second class postage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. I Fees and Payment Schedule Im~odant A cademic-Dates Orientation Fall Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Aug 31,'85 Jan 2,'86 Apr 10, '86 - d Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course)* Tuition (per summer course)* Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for assessment of previous learning Registration Aug 31 ,I85 Classes Begin Sep 13-15,'85 Jan 3-5,'86 Apr 11-13, '86 Late Fees Sep 15,'85 Jan 5,'86 Apr 13, '86 There will be a $10 additional fee for registration after the regularly scheduled time, and a $25 late fee for registration after the first class weekend. Last day to designate grade option Oct 27,'85 Feb 16,'86 May 18,'86 Last day to withdraw from class Nov 24,'85 Mar 16,'86 Jun 8,'86 Last day to register and/or drop class , . without record notation Jan 4,'86 Apr 12, '86 Refund Schedule Classes end Dec 8,'85 Mar 22,'86 Jun 22, '86 Final exams Dec 13-15,'85 Apr 4-6,'86 Jun 27-29, '86 Final grades due Dec 23,'85 Jul 7, '86 Apr 14,'86 A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. *Augsburg courses are comparatively large blocks of academic credit. One Augsburg course is the equivalent of 6 quarter credits. 35 total courses are needed to graduate. **Tuition charge for 1985 summer terms. FALL TRIMESTER, 1985 Class Schedule Friday BUS ENG PHY 6:00- 9:30 SOC SPC 145 351 103 383 353 Fundamentals of Management American Literature Since 1920 Physics for the Life Sciences* Racial and Minority Group Relations Advertising 8a-y Moming 105 101 250 262 479 109 123 251 111 225 124 403 342 241 113 360 462 Biology and Society Princ~plesof Financial Accounting Data Processing* lntermediate Accounting I lntermediate Quantitative Methods General Chemistry* Microeconomics lntermediate Microeconomics Effective Writing Advanced Writing Calculus I* Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Mass Communications in Society lntroduction to Cultural Anthropology Public Speaking Methods and Skills of Social Work (.5 Course) Field Work ll Evening BIO BUS BUS 8:30 I2m BUS BUS CHM ECO ECO ENG ENG MAT NUR POL SOC SPC SWK SWK - 1 Friday BUS MUS PSY 600 - 930 REL SOC SPC SWK Evening BUS BUS 1:15 - 4:45 BUS BUS BUS CSC ENG ECO HIS MAT NUR 101 131 135 381 440 340 101 258 103 104 305 Sunday 261 379 306 325 356 I . Morning F Fundamentals of Finance Quantitative Methods Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing Nursing Process History of Religions *This class will involve additional class or lab hours to be arranged. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment -- - - Fundamentals of Management lntroduction to Fine Arts Organizational Ps chology Christian Views o t ~ e a l t hand Healing Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Exploring Human Services y ! Principles of ~nancialAccounting Principles of Managerial Account~ng Financial Management Tax Accounting Organic and B~ologicalChemistry* lntroduction to Structured Programming* Data Base Management* Topics in Literature: Women in Fiction Community Health I* Nursina Practicum I* ** Logic Counseling Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPC 354 lnterpersonal Communication BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:OO BUS BUS CHM CSC CSC ENG NUR NUR PSY PHI 101 102 373 382 110 170 352 282 310 423 485 130 - Saturday BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Principles of Financial Accounting Business Law lntroduction to Marketing Cost Accounting Operations Management Digital Communications and Computer Networks* Developmental Writing lntermediate Macroeconomics Modern World Basic Math ll* Contemporary Nursing I: Communication and Process PSY 105 General Ps chology SPA 111 Beginning ipanish I* SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication BUS BUS NUR 1:15 - 4:45 NUR REL Afternoon 145 130 373 341 383 113 257 Saturdav BIO 101 Human Biolo Saturday ART 240 Art History Survey Afternoon I I WINTER TRIMESTER, 1986 Class Schedule Afternoon I BUS BUS 1.75 - 4:45 BUS BUS ECO ECO ENG HIS MAT PHI POL SOC SPA SPC SWK SWK Sunday Afternoon 263 330 340 375 123 445 223 313 114 380 122 375 112 352 459 466 lntermediate Accounting II Marketing Research and Analysis Personnel Administration Information Systems in the Organization Microeconomics Managerial Economics Writing for Business and the Professions Roots of the Western Humanist Tradition College Al ebra and Trigonometry* Ethics of dedicine and Health Care Metropolitan Complex Social Psychology* Beginning Spanish II* Persuasion Advanced Methods and Skills (.5 Course) Field Work Ill ART 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics BUS 250 Data Processing* ECO 122 Macroeconomics Money and Banking *This class will involve additional class or lab hours to be arranged. **There will be an additional clinical fee for this course. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment SPRING TRIMESTER, 1986 Class Schedule I Course Descriptions -_ = I ART 1 0 2 Environmental Aesthetics Friday BUS INS Evening PHY 6:00 - 9:30 SPC SPC - Saturday BIO 135 265 101 361 480 Introductionto Marketing Women in American Culture Astronomy* Theater History and Criticism Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications - - - -- - ~ i c r o b i o l o ~Principles o *Managerial Accounting Business Law Fundamentals of Finance Quantitative Methods lntroduction to Computers Elementary Computer Science* Managerial Decision Making Effective Writing Modern Paris in History and Literature Community Health Nursing II* ** Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Manaaement PHI 120 ~ t h i c s PSY 355 Brain and Behavior* SOC 375 Social Psvcholoav* Morning BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:OO.BUS BUS CSC CSC ECO ENG HIS NUR NUR 108 102 131 261 379 145 240 340 111 411 31 1 404 -- Y Saturday ART 225 Visual Communications BIO BUS 1:15 - 4:45 BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ENG NUR NUR POL PSY REL SPC SWK SWK Afternoon 103 340 430 475 478 483 122 225 330 350 160 105 221 355 460 464 - Sunday ART BUS ECO 1:15 - 4:45 FRE GER Afternoon - - 250 484 251 111 111 Anatomy and Physiology* Personnel Administration Marketing Management Information Systems Analysis and Design Investments Auditing Macroeconomics Advanced Writing Trends and Issues in Nursing lntroduction to Nursing Research* World Politics General Psychology Biblical Studies Small Group Communication Advanced Methods and Skills (.5 Course) Field Work lV - - Ceramics Advanced Accounting Intermediate Microeconomics Beginning French* Beginning German* -- Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects explorin design problems in representation, symbolism and a%straction. Distribution: Urban Concerns I I I ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication usin elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorag images. Distribution: Art Majoc Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major ART 2 4 0 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art ART 2 5 0 Ceramics An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art ART 3 5 2 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Distribution: Art, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies, (upper division) BIO 1 01 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Majoc Required supporting course in Social Work -- *This class will involve additional class or lab hours to be arranged. **There will be an additional clinical fee for this course. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. I BIO 103 Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture arid laboratory. (For nursing atid certain other paramedical students; Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both I01 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) BUS 13 1 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Majoc Required for Business Administration core .. .... ing. Distribution: Biology Majoc Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 10 5 BIO 108 Biolqy and Society What are some of the biologicall -based problems wilh which our society must deal? W!I at threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public Relations/Advertisingmajor Maloc Required for Bu malor. elective in Publi Micmbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: Chem 109 and concurrent registration in Chem 1 1 0 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor). Distribution: Biology Majoc Prerequisite for the BSN major BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 2 5 0 Computers in Business and Economics An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages, software applications in Business. Majoc Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 2 6 1 Fundamentals of Finance lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Majoc Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 101). Majoc Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 2 6 2 Theory of acq within the firm funds, cost of policy, and re1 Majoc Required for Business Administration core and MIS major .. ,. . Majoc Required in the Accounting and Finance majors BUS 263 Intermediate AccountJng I1 An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tanglble and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: 262) Major: Required in the Accounting major BUS 3 8 1 Majoc Required in Accounting major (upper division) BUS 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 101,102, junior or senior, or consent of instructor) BUS 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent of instructor) Majoc Required in the Marketing major (upper division) BUS 430 BUS 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective inte ration of the worker wiBi the goals af the firm and society, ?prereq:Bus. Ad. 145 or consent d instructor) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division) BUS 440 BUS 373 Financial Management=Theoriesand Cases Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 261) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) . .. . BUS 375 Information Systems in the Otgmnixatiun Design and implemenlatian of organizational structure and structural change, An informational processing poinl ot view to examine des~gnof communication, decision rriaking and task systems. Majoc Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability,sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: high school Algebra) Majoc Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) . . . -.. ,. Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 4 75 d plan implementation. Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 4 7 8 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 4 7 9 Intermediate Quantitative Methods Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods throuy h use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be resented in the course are: Computer Progiarnmin &chniques: Statlslical Methods: General Linear ~ o d e f sAnalysis , of Variance, etc. (Prereq: 379 or equivalent, Junior or Sonior or consent 01 instructor) Major: Required for MIS major An introduction includina a~wlie and other areas, programming in a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq: MAT 124) Major: Required prerequisite for MIS major CSC 2 4 0 Elementaw Comnuter Science a assembly and m&h$i bgic desi n, number and c m i l lvnctions components of compute~systems.Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: Math 175 or both Math 124 and Computer Science 170) Major: Required in the MIS major BUS 483 Auditing Internal and external auditin procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and canlrol or accounting systems. (Prereq: 263, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) B BUS 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 263) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) CHM 1 10 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physioloyical chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CSC 145 Introduction to Computers An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primaril for students in non-science areas. Does not count towarJ the computer science major or minor. - 07 CSC 340 Digital Communicationand Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: 240) CSC352 CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemist principles and an introduction to organlc chemistry. ~ i x n c l u d e arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major . . CSC 17 0 Introduction #m - Haw- ECO 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) Distribution: Economics ECO 123 . May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 2 5 1 lnterm IS of consumer introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 123) Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 2 5 8 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: 122) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core ENG 101 Developmental Writing A preparato course for effective writing for students who need ayditional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience and thought. The course counts as an elective toward graduation but does not meet the writing requirement. ENG 1 1 1 Effective Writin ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern . techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is the areas of transpornvironmental protecels, information . Ad. 101 and high asis on expository ical organization, and m for this course is Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 2 2 3 Writing for Business and the Professions A ~racticalcourse desianed with em~hasison ex~ositorv 'profes: proposals to use the Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major ECO 392 stern ENG 2 2 5 (Prereq: 122) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: Eco 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division) Major: Required for Communications core ENG 2 8 2 Women in Fiction Reading and discussion of works by women writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Distribution: English ENG 3 5 1 American Literature Since 1920 Distribution: English or Urban Concerns (upper division) FRElll Distribution: Urban Concerns/Minority Studies School) Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 ScAool) " Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 HIS 3 13 Distribution: Math Majoc Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking Bus 379 The Modern World A stud of the main currents in western civilization from the time or~apoleonto the present. Distribution: History Mesomtamia to Monasticism: The Roofs of the Western Humanist Tradition Commonwealth. Distribution: History . . ..: . ..,- HIS41 1 aterial. next European trip. Distribution: Histow or Urban Concerns MA T 124 Calculus I Topics of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus. Majoc Prerequisite for CSC 170 in MIS major MUS 130 Introduction to the Fine Ads NUR 3 1 1 Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Music NOR111 ua- Majoc Required for BSN major **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 3 2 5 Nursing Process Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Major: Required for BSN major . . . .. . . - . . -- . Majoc Required for BSN major soclal and NUR 3 0 6 , I I Major Required for BSN major NUR 3 5 0 Majoc Required for BSN major Major: Required for BSN major I I NUR403 are explored. Majoc Required for BSN major I Major: Required for BSN major PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar syslenl stars and galaxies. The necessary optical itistruments are explained ancl use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3.-inchQuestar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures) Distribution: Physics Majoc Required for BSN major PH Y 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 onehour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Elementary Algebra) Distribution: Physics NUR423 . Majoc Required for BSN major **This course involves an additional clinical fee PHI 120 Ethics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discuss~on-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. Distribution: Political Science or Urban Concerns Distribution: Philosophy Malor Recommended elective in Business Administration major POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Political Science POL 17 0 Law in the United States sound arguments. Distribution: Philosophy Maioc Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Political Science Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical prin the areas of health care a tion, human engineering, euthanasia. Distribution: Philosophy Majoc Recommended for BSN major POL 3 2 6 Political Parties and Behavior I I The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: Political Science (upper division) POL 342 Mass Communicationsin Society REL 22 1 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns (upper division) Majoc Required for the Communication major REL 3 4 1 Christian Views of Health and Healing Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Distribution: Religion PS Y 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized. db, _ PS Y 3 7 3 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq: 105) Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for all Communications majors (upper division) f H REL 3 6 3 Religion in America ses d religion to the challenges of its ~istribution:Religion (upper division) soc 121 Distribution: Sociology Majoc Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major PS Y 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. Major: Elective in Communication major - # . m @ W m a j o r llv~ngrel~g~ons m h b h ~ s mConfuc~anism, , some d~scuss~on of communltles Distribution: Religion (upper division) PS Y 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology) Majoc Required prerequisite course BSN major - REL 3 5 6 Historv of Reliaions Distribution: Psychology Majoc Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology SOC 23 1 social institution. The marital adjustment and mily to its institutional and REL 1 1 1 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion Majoc Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SPC 1 1 3 Public Speaking 3 1 3 Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be SOC 2 4 1 S Majoc An alternative in the core of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major SOC 375, Social Psvcholoav taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Majoc Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 3 5 2 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Majoc Required for Communications major, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 3 5 3 Advertising An introcluclion lo print and broadcast advertising and promotion as imporlant elements in modern marketing and communication. ..:- . ,, upporting course for Communication I Work major, elective supporting course agement major (upper division) SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. Distribution: Minority Studies Majoc Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) h. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 1 12 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. Majoc Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public Relations/Advertisingand Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 3 5 4 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communications barriers. Majoc Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 3 5 5 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in affective functioning within small groups and organizations. Majoc Recommended supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 361 dramatic criticism. Distribution: English/Speech - .. of plays from ter productions. matic production, and . S WK 364 Field Work I . SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) . Majoc Required in the Social Work major (upper division) S WK 4 5 9 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work 460 4rn-7 Majoc Required in Social Work major (upper division) --- S WK 4 6 2 Field Work I1 Majoc Required in the Social Work major Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communitites in a soci Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/d i. per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 candidacy status; concurrent with 461 and 467) Majoc Required in the Social Work major (upper division) . .. Major: Required in the Social Work major. (Prereq: 361) (upper division) S WK 3 6 1 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable needs will be emisits highlight the . . .. . . . . of instructor) (upper division) Majoc Required in the Social work major (upper division) S WK 464 Field Work IV Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Majoc Required in the Social Work major (upper division) S WK 466 Field Work 111 Continuation of 462 conducted durin interim. (Prereq: candidacy status. 2.0 in 461. 462.4633 Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) = - Notes - - -- - - '1 '43. I I I' . 1 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1989-1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Weekend College 1989-1990 Calendar 1989 Fall Trimester Sept 15-17 Sept 17 4 2-4 5-7 7 April 6-8 April 8 Last day to change Oct 22 Feb 11 May 20 grade option Last day to withdraw from class Nov 19 Mar 11 June 3 Classes end Dec 3 Mar 25 June 17 Final exams Dec 8-10 Mar 30Au...
Show more Weekend College 1989-1990 Calendar 1989 Fall Trimester Sept 15-17 Sept 17 4 2-4 5-7 7 April 6-8 April 8 Last day to change Oct 22 Feb 11 May 20 grade option Last day to withdraw from class Nov 19 Mar 11 June 3 Classes end Dec 3 Mar 25 June 17 Final exams Dec 8-10 Mar 30Auril 1 June 22-24 Final grades due Dec 18 Sept 15-17 Sept 29-Oct 1 Oct 13-15 Oct 20-22 Nov 3-5 Nov 17-19 Dec 1-3 Dec 8-10 April Jan Jan Jan Feb Feb Mar Mar Mar July April April May May Jun Jun Jun Classes begin Last day to add or drop class without record notation II Classes meet I I 1990 Spring Trimester Jan Tan Jan Jan New Student Orientation Sept 9 Reeistration Seut 9 I 1990 Winter Trimester 9 5-7 12-14 26-28 9-11 23-25 9-11 23-25 30-Apr 1 April 5 Mar 31 2 6-8* 20-22 4-6 18-20 1-3 15-17 22-24 "Classes in SpringTrimester will be four hours in length instead of three and one half hours. See page 28 for exact times. Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted. Some courses will meet for the entire period on Finals Class Weekend. Cover Art: "Desigved for the Working Mind" by Philip Thompson, Chair, Augsburg College Art Departnzcnt. Frequently Called Telephone Numbers . Weekend College Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1782 Director, Rick Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1640 Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .330-1740 Admissions, Sylvia Stasiukonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1792 Data Entry, Robin Sanderson . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ,330-1652 Secretary, Debbie Olin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1782 Enrollment, Deidre Middleton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1777 . . . Other Campus Numbers: Bookstore, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1122 Business Office, Science Hall Cashier: 8:30 a.m.-4:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1790 Education Department. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall. . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1162 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . , . 330-1017 Nursing Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. , .. . . . . 330-1209 Registrar (Transcripts, Grades) Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1036 General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . , . . .330-1000 . Weekend College Office Hours: Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m. - Old Main 18 Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18 or WEC office Sunday - 12:30p.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18 Weekend College Office Location: The Weekend College Office is 2222 Murphy Square, located on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7% Street on the Augsburg College Campus (number 11on the map found on page 7 l ) . This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. I I able of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1989-1990 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Information Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Characteristics of the Eductional Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .h Student Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Career Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. Tutoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. ACADEMIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DegreesandMajors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Tcacliing Licensure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Management Information Systems (MIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-16 . Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # . . . 17 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18 . Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Deai-isList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Withdrawal from College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Graduation with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 2 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 CLASS SCHEDULE 1989-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 3 0 ADMISSIONS1 FINANCIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Admissions Requirements and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 . Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 . Fecs and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 . Payment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 liefund Scliedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 . CAMPUS GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 CAMPUS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 ' " X", ::, ; fp ;=3*-.+ -* ; a 7 [. l i u ~ $ j . eneval Information Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose I I Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroclm experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. *Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled on evenings during the week. Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1782)to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1989 5:30 PM Saturday, June 3 Saturday, June 24 9:00 AM 9:00 AM 0 Tuesday, July 25 Thursday, August 10 For Winter Trimester 1990 Saturdav. October 14 Thursday, November 2 Saturday, November 18 For Spring Trimester, 1990 Saturday, January 27 Thursdav, Februarv 8 Saturdav. Februarv 24 For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office A~~gsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612 I 330-1782 FAX: 612 1330-1695 5:30 PM 5:30 PM 9:00 AM 5:30 PM 9:00 AM 9:00 AM 5:30 PM 9:00 AM Characteristics of the Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics andlor interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) American Indian Support Program Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling. Degrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelor's Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. ArtlMusic 2. HistorylPhilosophy 3. EconomicslPolitical Science 4. English - Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5. Psychology 1051Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6. ChemistrylBiology 7. MathematicslPhysics A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas as well as economics, psychology, religion and sociology. Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO or or ECO 175 221 222 242 252 279 331 391 112 113 311 312 315 313 Computers for Business and Economics Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Financial Management Business Law Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS BUS or or 322 323 324 326 423 425 Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Auditing Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS ECO or or 322 433 438 318 415 479 Accounting Theory and Practice I Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory M'anagement Science Managerial Economics Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS BUS BUS ENG PHI 324 326 399 223 120 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS ECO PSY or SOC 340 440 318 373 Human Resource Management Operations Management Management Science Organizational Psychology 349 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS ENG PHI PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC 399 223 120 371 336 375 265 111 354 Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Psychology of the Individual Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Social Psychology Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Interpersonal Communication Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS ECO BUS 352 450 415 355 Marketing Research and Analysis Marketing Management Managerial Economics Marketing Communication Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS ENG PHI SPC SPC 399 223 120 351 352 Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Argumentation Persuasion Business Minor BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO 221 242 252 331 112 113 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Financial Management Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. Communication Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core ENG 223,225,226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 111 Public Speaking Major also includes satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. This must be done before taking upper division courses. A literature course may be substituted for SOC 121 or SOC 375. Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major. BUS BUS BUS BUS ENG ENG PSY SOC SPCl SPCl SPCl SPC SPC 242 Principles of Management 252 Principles of Marketing 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business 355 Marketing Communications 226 Creative Writing 227 Journalism 373 Organizational Psychology 349 Complex Organizations ART 132 Photography ART 224 Publication Design ART 2251230 Visual Communications I, 11 345 Organizational Communication 480 Public RelationslPromotional Communications Marketing Communications BUS BUS BUS BUS SPC 252 352 355 450 480 Principles of Marketing Marketing Research and Analysis Marketing Communications Marketing Management Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Human Relations PSY PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC SPC SPC 373 485 231 265 349 329 345 355 480 Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Complex Organizations Intercultural Communication Organizational Communication Small Group Communication Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS PSY SOC SPC SPC SPC 175 242 279 340 355 440 373 349 345 355 480 Computers in Business and Economics Principles of Management Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Human Resource Management Marketing Communications Operations Management Organizational Psychology Complex Organizations Organizational Communication Small Group Communication Public RelationslPromotional Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. Education Teaching Licensure Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or Secondary education. To be admitted to the Education Department the student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in hislher major field. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-l2), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field of study and for application for admission to the Department of Education. Students entering the licensure program in Fall, 1989 or later and want K-6 licensure, must take EDE 375. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take the PPST test before beginning professional education courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Elementary Education EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course) EDE 341 Media Technology (.5 course) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (.5 course) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course)" EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (.25 course) EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course) EDE 379 K-El Art (.25 course) EDE 380 K-El Music (.25 course) EDE 382 K-El Math (.5 course) EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course) EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course) EDE 388 K-El Health (.25 course) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (.25 course) EDE 481 Student Teaching EDE 482 Student Teaching EDE 483 Student Teaching EDE 484 Student Teaching EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) IlPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) SWK 260 Humans Developing College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Experience Separate Secondary Education EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course) EDS 341 Media Technology (.5 course) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience* (.5 course) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course) EDS 481 Student Teaching EDS 482 Student Teaching EDS 483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course) HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) PSY 105 General Psychology Special Methods in Licensure Field "Field Experience Separate Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below) plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337, 423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an advisor in the department. Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language ArtsTeaching Major: 10 courses, including those listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship, are not offered on weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major. Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should consult the English department chair soon after enrolling. Minor: 5 courses above 111including one course in British literature and one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227). Management Information Systems (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Majors BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics CSC 170 Structured Programming MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics CSC 210 Data Structure BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design BUS 476 Information Systems Projects ECO 318 Management Science Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the following courses: BUS CSC ENG PHI 399 340 223 120 Internship Digital Communications and Computer Networks Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics MIS Minor BUS BUS or BUS BUS BUS or BUS or ECO ECO 221 242 252 370 375 475 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Information Systems in the Organiiation Information Systems Analysis and Design 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods 318 Management Science 113 Principles of Microeconomics Nursing Aupburg W ~ P ~ CCnIl~gc~ I T ~ (llfvn t i ~ ~ i s nilrsrs l ~ ~ c~n~upper ~ divisirrn I I L I T ~ S ~ I Itiia~or ~ as a sercmd stvp Iowarrl thr completioti (11 the Rachrlot trf ~ I ~ ~ ~ gfoi. i iNursillg, c Ihis Scicncr*dcgwe? Fully accrrciited t h National rnnj~lris ir prr,lcssional prr>Kramthat is arrrsriblt. on weukcnds to nltrscs \vho arc unablc tu a ttcnd cldvscd tluriilg thr wcckda)~.Classes a s primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for school nurse licensure is available. Admissions Procedures Admission to llic ili~rsingprogram includes lirst bcing acc~~ptcil into Augsburg Weekend Cr,llcgc thrrrugh t l ~ cprrxedures dcscrihed rln page 66. As candidntcr Ibr the nu.siny: nlajor, RNs m ~ ~demonstrate st evidence rjf tlo~npt~tion of d n ,i~sociated r ~ ~ . (n. e ediploma program, current nursing pmcticc, and Minnesota lirensiit.~.Wliilc an RN may take general ccluration cruascs and pi4ert!clui5ilecrlufics frlr the nursing major, tingent upon: further pnlgtvss in the major i s a111 1. SatisF{~clrrrycr?lnplctic~n at n cnllcgc or university of the prerequisite c.ourws: Analomy a ~ r dPh~siulugy,Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Bi~lchcmislry,English Composition, Introductory Sncicllngy nnrl Intrrrdurtcwy I'sych(11ogy. 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of testing to validate lower division nursing knowledge. "Graduates of the program are eligible to apply to the Minnesota Department of Health for certification as a public health nurse. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 311 330 350 403 404 423 427 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Community Health Nursing I* Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** Trends and Issues in Nursing* Introduction to Nursing Research* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management* Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management** *These courses may require extra class or lab sessions. **Thesecourses require extra time and cost for clinical work. Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care or REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course PSY 353 Brain and Behavior Social Work Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of 5ci~'nct~ iii S~iciniWork d q r r r prugmm a[ A t t g s b u ~ CofIcjie is hililt on a qrrlid lihr~,ilarks i+ot~t~da(ir)t~, on tlicorv-1-ascd klinirly:, an11 cln ~ . ~ n ~ t c s s kdlrr5cleri m , ~ l ~ l'iclrl P X F P T ~ C ~ I C PAS ~ . in~rn>rtnnt, social r+~r)l.k vducaiion al AupI3urg is built rui an appr~ciatir~r~ for 111c nccds, ronctlrns, and valucs of lhc i~~clividuals atid grix~psw i r c ~constituk loday's multi-cultt~ralsrtc.1et.y.T l i p Socta1 Work n ~ i l j t i ~A* ii ~~ g~s h ~ r j : W~ckendCuHcjie i n c l ~ ~ dsraven e s cr)ulnses( ~ ~ o the r n tlcpxt~nrnlstrf psy~trolr~gy, bir )logv, and sircic~irlg!l. Ct)~lccnlmiions n r r po~~i14i' i n tlw r~ri*as uf aginl;, clic~niz~~l clcpcnrlrncy, c~~mctions, social ministries, ,~nd youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses* SWK 257 SWK 260 SWK 361 SWK 363 SWK 364 SWK 461 SWK 462 SWK 463 SWK 465 SWK 466 SWK 467 SWK 469 Exploring Human Services Humans Developing Social Response to Human Needs Methods and Skills of Social Work Field Work I Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Field Work I1 Community Development and Organization Social Policy: Analysis and Development Field Work 111(.5course) The Social Worker as Professional Field Work IV Required Supporting Courses* BIO PSY SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC 101 105 121 231 265 365 375 Human Biology General Psychology Principles of Sociology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, English, MIS and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: Economics Minor ECON 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Psychology Minor 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Minor 5 courses approved by the department. Sociology Minor 5 courses including 121and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above). Dean's List The Deanb 1-is1 is compiIeb aftvr each scmcster, listing students whose ~ r a d point r a\lcr,lf;tx fcrr a scrncstcr i s 3.5 or butterAL>ascdon a minimum of I wrl lull c t ~ ~ w c or s , rquivalent, grilded on thc hlditirrnal ~mdiiigsystem, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. See Augsburg College Catalog for complete explanation. Grading Procedures Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PasslNo Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is graded only on the PIN grading system and some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes made after Registration. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency, To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in whcih the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a reregistration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new registration would be necessary. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Junior - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GI'A To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg . Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstratebeither.b_y_comprehensi~nex~or.~mmittee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: -- CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact Weekend College Admissions (330-1792) or the regional CLEP center at the University of Minnesota (624-3323). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). ' -- *. I -. . II H# -, -4 :':?,j :. , lass Schedule 1989-90 Fall Trimester, 1989 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30) BIO 185 Biology of Aging BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 253 Orientation to Education (9115-1113) (.5) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9116-1114) (.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (9115-10113) (.25) EDE 387 K-El Math (10120-1218) (.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (9115-1113)(.5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (9115-1113) (.5) ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to Modern MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts* NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* PHY 101 Astronomy* REL 111 Introduction to Theology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 345 Organizational Communication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30-1200) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 362 International Business CHM 109 General Chemistry* ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 363 Clinical Experience* (.5) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (10121-11118)(.25) EDE 377 K-El Science (9116-10114)(.25) EDE 388 K-El Health (9116-10114)(.25) EDS 352 Clinical Experience* (.5) ENG 227 Journalism* ENG 438 Shakespeare MAT 124 Calculus I* MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy POL 342 Mass Communications in Society REL 221 Biblical Studies SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 352 Persuasion Saturday Afternoon (1:15-4:45) ART 240 Art History Survey BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 391 Business Law CSC 170 Structured IJrogramming ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics EDE 34'1 Media Teclinology (9116-1114) (.5) EDE 380 K-El Music (11118-1219)(.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (9116-1114) (.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (9116-1114)(.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 225 Iiitermediate Expository Writing* ENG 245 Introduction to Literature HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (9110-1115) (.5) MAT 103 Basic Mathematics* MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra* NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I1 * ** PHI 130 Logic * PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 355 Brain and Behavior REL 441 Feminism and Christianity SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I* SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs Sunday Afternoon (1:15-4:45) ART 132 Photography BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization BUS 423 Auditing EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (10122-1119)(.25) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (9117-10115)(.25) EDS 364 English Methods EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (9117-1115) (.5) Effective Writing" ENG 111 A Tale of Twin Cities: Minneapolis & St. Paul, 1883-1988 HIS 331 HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (10122-12110)(.5) REL 356 History of Religions SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I* Student TeachingM Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. - Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Lifetime Sports: Racket sports (TBA) *Extra class or lab sessions required. ""Additional clinical fee required. Winter Trimester, 1990 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30) ART 224 Publication Design BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 253 Orientation to Education (115-2123)(.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (115-2123) (.5) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (115-2123) (.5) EDE 388 K-El Health (319-3130) (.25) EDS 350 Reading in Content Areas (115-2123)(.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 261 Modern Fiction MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts* NUR 306 Contemp. Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 373 Organizational Psychology World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View REL 263 SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication Saturday Morning (Classes meet 8:30-1200) BIO 101 Human Biology BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 391 Business Law BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry* ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 341 Media Technology (116-2124) (.5) EDE 363 Clinical Experience* ( . 5 ) EDE 379 K-El Art (116-1127)(.25) EDE 382 K-El Math (116-2124)(.5) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (3110-3131) (.25) EDS 341 Media Technology (116-212) (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience* (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 337 British Literature: Romantic and Victorian MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra* MAT 125 Calculus 11* NUR 310 Community Health I* NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV* POL 342 Mass Communications in Society REL 345 The Lutheran Heritage SOC 375 Social Psychology* SPC 111 Public Speaking SWK 363 Basic Methods and Skills - - I I I I -- Saturday Afternoon (1:E-4:45) ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 465 International Management BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 415 Managerial Economics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2110-3130)(.5) EDE 377 K-El Science (116, 1113, *213 a.m.) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (2110-3130)( . 5 ) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDS 477 School and Society (116-2124)(.5) ENG 223 Writing for Business & the Professions* ENG 250 American Literature to 1920 HIS 103 The Modern World MAT 122 Calculus for Social and Behavioral Sciences* Discrete Mathematics* MAT In PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care PSY 485 Counseling Psychology REL 360 Religion and Society SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11* SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 364 Field Work I Sunday Afternoon (1:E-4:45) ART 118 Painting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis & Design ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 315 Money and Banking EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (3111-411)(.25) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (117-1128)(.25) EDE 380 K-El Music (117-1128)(.25) FRE 111 Beginning French I* Beginning German I* GER 111 HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education (EIS) (1128-3125)(.5) REL 354 Life of the Church in the City SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11* SWK 260 Humans Developing - - Student Teaching* Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. - Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (TBA) *Extra class or lab session required. **Additionalclinical fee required. Spring Trimester, 1990 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-10:OO) BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 253 Orientation to Education (418-5120) (.5) Creating Learning Environments (5119-6123)(.5) EDE 380 K-El Music (611-6122) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math (514-6115) (.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (418-5120) (.5) EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 282 Topics HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (416-5118) (.5) INS 233 Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts* MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences* 111 Introduction to Theology REL SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Saturday Morning (Classes meet 8:OO-1200) BIO 108 Microbiology* BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 391 Business Law BUS 466 International Marketing CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts CSC 352 Database Management and Design ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science Media Technology (417-5119)(.5) Techniques for Teaching Reading EDE 377 K-El Science (612-6123) (.25) Media Technology (417.5119) (.5) EDS Effective Writing* ENG Introduction to Creative Writing* ENG American Literature Since 1920 ENG Topics in World History HIS Chemical Dependency (417-5119)(.5) HPE Elementary Functions* MAT Community Health Nursing 11* ** NUR Practicum in Nursing 11: Learning & Management* ** NUR Ethics PHI Christian Ethics REL Social Psychology soc Argumentation SPC Advanced Methods and Skills SWK % &= Saturday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO) BIO 231 Biology of Women BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 370 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 425 Advanced Accounting BUS 438 Investments BUS 450 Marketing Management CSC 210 Data Structures ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics EDE 363 Clinical Experience* (.5) EDE 386 Children's Literature (417-612)(.5) EDE 388 K-El Health (417-515) (.25) EDS 352 Clinical Experience* (.5) EDS 477 School and Society (417-612)(.5) ENG 327 Advanced Journalism* HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* PHI 130 Logic POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 General Psychology REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature SOC 349 Complex Organizations SPC 360 Interpretive Reading SPC 355 Small Group Communication SWK 462 Field Work I1 Sunday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO) ART 250 Ceramics I BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 476 Structure Systems Analysis and Design ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDTi 3h3 Interdisciplinary Studies (418-516) (.25) K-El Art (613-6124) (.25) 1.1 11: .37 K-El Language Arts (5120-6124) (.5) EDE 389 K-El Ph$icay~ducation (418-518)(125) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (418-5120) (.5) FRE 112 Beginning French 11* GER 112 Beginning German 11* HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.50) REL 215 Archeology and the Bible SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 365 Quantitative Methods & Program Evaluation Student Teachingc* Student teaching courses in elementary education are available during spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additionalclinical fee required. > T p ' o u r s e Descriptions 5. - ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost $125-150). Distribution: ArtlMusic Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major ARTISPC 224 Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictoral images. Emphasis wil be placed on the creative thought process. Distribution: ArtlMusic Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major I I I I I I ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - as artists, as subjects, and as patrons. Distribution: ArtlMusic, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies, (upper division) BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: ChemistrylBiology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN majorlCoaching Endorsement BIO 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: ChemistryIBiology or Women & Minority Studies BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spreadsheets (LOTUS) and data bases (DBASE). Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra) Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I ~ntrodictionto business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 221) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Marketing Communications major BUSlECO Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business 279 An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement I11 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and long- term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,242, 252,279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, 279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 355 Marketing Communications A look at the communications aspects of marketing- by . integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; a d v e r t i ~ e r ~ a g e relationship; nc~ management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in Marketing Communication major, Public RelationslAdvertising major, or Supervisory Management (upper division) BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (DBASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: BUS 331) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly implement several system designs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycle process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUSIECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and 479 Business Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: BUS 175, 279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) BUS 495 Topics: Risk Management and Insurance A study of risk management. Emphasis on the function of (1) determination of exposure to risk; (2) analysis or risk and losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of risk insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel risks facing a business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework of the economy. Major: Elective for Business Administration major CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human psysiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required for Nursing major CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor. CSC 170 Structured Programming An introduction to computer languages and algorithms. Applications from mathematics, business, and natural sciences. Programming in a higher level language such as Pascal. (Prereq. : MAT 124.) Major: Required for MIS major CSC 210 Data Structures Data Structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq. : 170. Coreq. : MAT I n . ) Major: Required for MIS major. CSC 240 Survey of Computer Sciences An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT Major: Elective for MIS major CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: ECO 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 325 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, BUS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) ECO 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business.) EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (-5course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken. Major: Required for Elementary major EDElEDS Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of 341 communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major (upper division) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary (.5 course) The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (1.0 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement included in this class. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 363 Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course) Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical at least 2 months prior to date they intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately halfway through the K-Elementary course sequence. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 364 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) This class prepares the student for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. Required for K-6 licensure (upper division). EDE 376 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 377 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 379 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 380 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 388 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 389 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education (-25course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching K, K-6, or 1-6 Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to date they intend to student teach. A minimum of three courses (481,482,483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (-5course) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to all students. Suggested as one of the first courses to be taken. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course) Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical Experience at least 2 months prior to the date they intend to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll for course approximately half way through the Secondary course sequence. Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuroscientific theories. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 364 English Methods (1.0 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDS 264 and 353 or consent of instructor.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (.5 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language major (upper division) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies major (upper division) EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Major: Required for all Elementary and Secondary Education majors (upper division) EDS 477 School and Society (-5course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society. Current major issues in education will be studied. Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: Introduction to Education, Creating Learning Environments and Methods in Subject Area) Major: Required for Secondary Education major upper division) EDS 481, 482,483 484 Student Teaching Students must apply to student teach through the Education Department at least three months prior to the date they intend to begin student teaching. Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Membership in one of the professional organizations is required. (Prerequisite: ALL Secondary Education and major coursework successfully completed or permission of the Department for an exception.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course) Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of teaching effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of classroom teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership is one of the professional teacher organizations is required. For students who took Creating Learning Environments as a .5 course. Enroll for this course in same term as student teaching. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) ENG 171 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 209 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed with emphasis on expository writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111or equivalent) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major. Meets writing requirement for Communications major. An elective for English major. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 111) Major: Required for English major, meets writing requirement for Communication major. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111) Major: Meets writing requirement for Communications major. An elective for English major. ENG 227 Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider: how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing practices. This includes an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111) Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets writing requirement for Communications major, an elective for English major ENG 2401 340 The Short Story The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: An elective for English major ENG 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Strongly recommended for English major ENG 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets American literature requirement ENG 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. Some non-western writers will be included. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: An elective for English major ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 2821 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, 482 movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: An elective for English major ENG 327 Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227) Major: An elective for English and Communications majors (upper division) ENG 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. Distribution: EnglishISpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 396 Highlights of British Literature Works by major British authors such as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. (upper division) ENG 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte; Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. FRE 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Continuation of FRE 111. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 111. Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; it is a startdard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 331 A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolislSt. Paul 1883-1988 A local history course using the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and reform. Field trips included. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy (upper division) HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban ConcernslWomen's Studies MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Placement Group I. PIN grading only.) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11. PIN grading only.) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking BUS 279 MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics MAT 124, 125 Calculus I, I1 Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; 124 for 125.) MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory. (Prereq: 114 or 121 or Placement Group IV.) Major: Required for MIS major MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: ArtlMusic NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. (Prereq. or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. (Prereq: NUR 305) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: NUR 310) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) **Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330, may be taken concurrently with NUR 310) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior or concurrently with NUR 423) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq: 403) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403 or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Managementx* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq: NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) **Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. O n demand.) NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy PHI 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy Major: Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: MathlPhysics PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: MathlPhysics PHY 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention willbe given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead-up to discussion of the meaning oftwentieth century physicsBnd of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: MathlPhysics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Distribution: Urban Concerns POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science POLISPC Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the 342 uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns or EconomicslPolitical Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) POLISPC Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications This course offers advanced study in mass communications. 421 Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken 342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor before registration.) (upper division) PSY 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized. Distribution: PsychologylSociology Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology. PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one course in biology) Major: Required prerequisite course for nursing major (upper division) PSY 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Urban Concerns (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for three Communications majors (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Students with 2 or more completed courses in Psychology will have priority in registration. Others may be accepted if space is available AND if they receive consent of the instructor.) Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division) REL 111 Introduction to Theology Ail introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for nursing major REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Becker, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion (upper division) SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its application to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Distribution: Sociology Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context, from a sociological perspective. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor) Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 349 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: Soc 121 or permission of instructor) Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public RelationslAdvertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SOC 365 Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed for social work majors. Not to be taken by sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math Placement Test.) Major: Required in Social Work major SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121) Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 111 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish- speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. Distribution: Foreign Language SPC 1111 311 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure, principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of the play production process. Major: EnglishlSpeech SPC 224 Publication Design See ART 224. SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPCIPOL Mass Communications in Society (See course description under POLISPC 342) 342 SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations. Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111or consent of instructor) Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the Communication core (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the Communication core, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354) Major: Recommended for supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study, understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division) SPCIPOL Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See course description under POLISPC 421) 421 SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communication Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American soceity. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary Education Licensure. SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic and client approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals populations. Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with SWK 462.) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professional and social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWK 461, candidacy status) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the theories,-basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practicein the essential principles and techniques of organizing. Open to all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Concerns Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361, 463 and senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 467 The Social Worker as a Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harrassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq: Candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462,463) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 466, concurrent with SWK 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) - ~~ 7 I , . . i ':'y*'- . ;I'I I , m.., . d f . , , # , . , q p Q.s,+, 5 . .- ,,L~m r .- +:~- 2 1 dmissions and Financial Information Admissions Requirements and Procedures Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1. Complete the application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that section of this bulletin. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester 1989 - August 21, 1989 Winter Trimester 1990 - November 27 1989 Spring Trimester 1990 - March 5, 1990 Financial Aid Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Grants and Scholarships Generally, the scholarships and grants are limited to students enrolled in programs leading to the student's first undergraduate degree. Pel1 Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $250-2200 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial need. Awards ranged from $100 to $3293 for 1988-89. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9000. Stafford Student Loan - (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2625 for the first two years and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17250. Applications are available at the College and some banks. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students must apply for financial aid. S E L F (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State Loan Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate students. ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall or the Weekend College Office). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Fees and Payment Schedule Application Fee (pavable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course) (tuition charge for 1989 summer terms) $15.00 $650.00 Activity Fee (per trimester) Audit a Course $7.00 $325.00 Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learnine Nursing Clinical Fee $150.00 $450.00 $150.00 Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee Late Fee $50.00 per day (Five working days after Registration are allowed to complete late registrations) Charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a,) Unsigned Registration Form b.) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration change after first class meeting $5.00 (cancelladdlchange grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on anv account with an oven balance of 30 davs or more. Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules. Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options: 1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration. 2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be approved only if previous plans have been adhered to.* 3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days from the end of the term. *A non-sufficient fund check used for payment at registration will declare that registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% (less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term entirely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund. 51 hfq-n J$v 3. ;;Tej I . I I KgL/1h-1, F a r m vJ' I bout Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus I Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music building and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility I I We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Ainerica. About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy I I Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Augsburg College I I I I I 1. Admissions 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Square (Weekend College Office) 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. Scandinavian Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Youth and Family Ministry A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. FacultylStaff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts Accessible Entrance I ampus Location MINNEAPOLIS To Find Augsburg From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the St. Mary's Hospital ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1988-1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: -. - *-- -..y?,c-+.:- - . ugsburg Weekend College 1988-1989 Calendar Application Deadline New Student Orientation Registration Classes begin Last day to register andlor drop class without record notation Last day to designate grade option Last day to withdraw from class Classes end ...
Show more -. - *-- -..y?,c-+.:- - . ugsburg Weekend College 1988-1989 Calendar Application Deadline New Student Orientation Registration Classes begin Last day to register andlor drop class without record notation Last day to designate grade option Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Final exams Final grades due Classes meet 1988 Fall Trimester Aug 15 1989 Winter Trimester Nov 28 1989 Spring Trimester Mar 6 6 8 7-9 9 Aug Sept Sept Sept 30 10 9-11 11 Jan Jan Jan Jan 5 7 6-8 8 April April April April Oct 23 Feb 12 May 21 Nov 20 Mar 12 June 4 Dec 4 Mar 19 June 18 Dec 9-11 Mar 31April 2 June 23-25 Dec Sept Sept Oct Oct Nov NOV Dec Dec April Jan Jan Jan Feb Feb Mar Mar Mar April July April April May May June June June 19 9-11 23-25 7-9 21-23 4-6 18-20 2-4 9-11 10 6-8 13-15 27-29 10-12 24-26 10-12 17-19 312 3 7-9* 21-23 5-7 19-21 2-4 16-18 23-25 *Classes in Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three and one half hours. See page 28 for exact times. I Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted. Frequently Called Telephone Numbers Weekend College Office ................................. .330-1782 Director, Rick Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1640 Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1740 Admissions, Sylvia Stasuikonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1792 Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ............................. 330-1786 Secretary, Kristi Anderson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1782 Other Campus Numbers: Bookstore, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1122 Business Office, Science Hall . Cashier: 8:30-11:OO a.m., 1:30-3:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,330-1790 . Education Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall. . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1162 . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1017 . Nursing Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1209 Registrar (Transcripts, Grades) Science Hall ................ .330-1036 General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1000 Weekend College Office Hours: Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m. - Old Main 18 Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18 or WEC office Sunday -- 2 3 0 p.m.-1:30 p.m. -Old Main 18 Weekend College Office Location: The Weekend College Office is 2222 Murphy Square, located on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7% Street on the Augsburg College Campus (number 11on the map found on page 7l). This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. able of Contents . ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1988-1989 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 .................. 2 GENERALINFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ....................... 4 Information Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS I I I 1 I I I Characteristics of the Eductional Program .........................6 StudentSupportServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Careerplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Tutoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 ACADEMIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DegreesandMajors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Business Administration ......................................9 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -11 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . + . . . . 13 Teaching Licensure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 . Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Management Information Systems (MIS) ....................... 16 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Socialwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Dean'sList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Withdrawal from College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Graduation with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- 2 2 22 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ......................... CLASS SCHEDULE 1988.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-.3 0 ADMISSIONSIFINANCIAL INFORMATION ......................66 Admissions Requirements and Procedures ......................-66 FinancialAid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Fees and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Paymentoptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 .. Refund Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-69 . ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-70 CAMPUS LOCATION .......................................... 72 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. *Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled on evenings during the week. Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1988 Saturday, May 14 Saturdav, Tune 4 Saturday, June 25 9:00 AM 9:00 AM 9:00 AM Saturday, July 16 Thursday, July 28 9:00 AM 6:00 PM Tuesday, August 9 6:00 PM For Winter Trimester, 1989 Saturday, October 8 9:00 AM Saturday, November 5 Saturday, November 19 9:00 AM 9:00 AM - - 1989 For S ~ r i n Trimester, e Saturday, January 14 O 9:00 AM M Tuesdav. March 7 6:00 PM For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Characteristics of the Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics andlor interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) 1- cademic Information Degrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelofs Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. ArtlMusic 2. HistorylPhilosophy 3. EconomicslPolitical Science 4. English - Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5. Psychology 1051Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6. ChemistrylBiology 7. MathematicslPhysics A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas as well as economics, psychology, religion and sociology. Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO or or ECO 175 221 222 242 252 279 331 391 112 113 311 312 315 313 Computers for Business and Economics Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Financial Management Business Law Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS BUS or or 322 323 324 326 423 425 Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Auditing Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS ECO or or 322 433 438 318 415 479 Accounting Theory and Practice I Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory Management Science Managerial Economics Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS BUS BUS ENG PHI 324 326 399 223 120 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS ECO PSY or SOC 340 440 318 373 Human Resource Management Operations Management Management Science Organizational Psychology 301 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS ECO BUS 352 450 415 355 Marketing Research and Analysis Marketing Management Managerial Economics Marketing Communications Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS ENG PHI SPC SPC 399 223 120 351 352 Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Argumentation Persuasion Business Minor BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO 221 242 252 331 112 113 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Financial Management Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. Communication Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core ENG 223,225,226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 111 Public Speaking Major also includes satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. A literature course may be substituted for SOC 121 or SOC 375. Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 (Journalism)as part of the major. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 355 Marketing Communications ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPCl ART 132 Photography SPCl ART 224 Publication Design SPCl ART 2251230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Marketing Communications BUS BUS BUS BUS SPC 252 352 355 450 480 Principles of Marketing Marketing Research and Analysis Marketing Communications Marketing Management Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Human Relations PSY PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC SPC SPC 373 485 231 265 301 329 345 355 480 Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Complex Organizations Intercultural Communication Organizational Communication Small Group Communication Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS PSY SOC SPC SPC SPC 175 242 279 340 355 355 373 301 345 355 480 Computers in Business and Economics Principles of Management Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Human Resource Management Marketing Communications Operations Management Organizational Psychology Complex Organizations Organizational Communication Small Group Communication Public RelationslPromotiona1Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. Education Teaching Licensure Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or Secondary education. To be admitted to the Education Department the student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in hislher major field. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary,Augsburg Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-V), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field of study and for application for admission to the Department of Education. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department before beginning professional courses. Elementary Education EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5course) EDE 341 Media Technology (.5 course) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments* (.5 course) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course) EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies ( 2 5 course) EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course) EDE 379 K-El Art ( 2 5 course) EDE 380 K-El Music ( 2 5 course) EDE 382 K-El Math ( 2 5 course) EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course) EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course) EDE 388 K-El Health ( 2 5 course) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education ( 2 5 course) EDE 481 Student Teaching EDE 482 Student Teaching EDE 483 Student Teaching EDE 484 Student Teaching EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) SWK 260 Humans Developing College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Experience Separate Secondary Education EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course) EDS 341 Media Technology (.5 course) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments* (.5 course) EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course) EDS 481 Student Teaching EDS 482 Student Teaching EDS 483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course) HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) PSY 105 General Psychology Special Methods in Licensure Field "Field Experience Separate Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below) plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Coaching Endorsement Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete required courses in the Physical Education program. If interested, please contact the Education Department at 330-1130 for further information. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337, 423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an advisor in the department. English-Language Arts Teaching Major: 10 courses, including those listed under the major, a course in linguistics, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of the required courses are not offered on Weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major. New licensure rules become effective July 1, 1989. Students who seek licensure after that time will be subject to the new licensure rules. Minor: 5 courses above 111including one course in British literature and one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227). Management Information Systems (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics CSCl M I 7 4 Math for Computing I CSCl M I 7 5 Math for Computing I1 BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Economics and Business BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design BUS 476 Information Systems Projects BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ECO 318 Management Science Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the following courses: BUS CSC ENG PHI 399 340 223 120 Internship Digital Communications and Computer Networks Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics MIS Minor BUS BUS or BUS BUS BUS ECO 221 242 252 370 375 475 113 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Information Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Principles of Microeconomics Nursing Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Admissions Procedures Admission to the nursing program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 66. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory Psychology. 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of testing to validate lower division nursing knowledge. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 311 330 350 403 404 423 427 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Community Health Nursing I* Community Health Nursing 11: Practicumx* Trends and Issues in Nursing* Introduction to Nursing Research* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management* Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management** *These courses may require extra class or lab sessions. **Thesecourses require extra time and cost for clinical work. Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care or REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course PSY 353 Brain and Behavior Social Work Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses* SWK 257 SWK 260 SWK 361 SWK 363 SWK 364 SWK 461 SWK 462 SWK 463 SWK 465 SWK 466 SWK 467 SWK 469 Exploring Human Services Humans Developing Social Response to Human Needs Methods and Skills of Social Work Field Work I Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Field Work I1 Community Development and Organization Social Policy: Analysis and Development Field Work I11 (.5 course) The Social Worker as Professional Field Work IV Required Supporting Courses* BIO PSY SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC 101 105 121 231 265 365 375 Human Biology General Psychology Principles of Sociology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political Science 121or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: Psychology Minor 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Minor 5 courses approved by the department. Sociology Minor 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above). Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. See Augsburg College Catalog for complete explanation. Grading Procedures Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PasslNo Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is graded only on the PIN grading system and some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes made after Registration. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in whcih the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a reregistration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new registration would be necessary. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Junior - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg . Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact Weekend College Admissions (330-1792) or the regional CLEP center at the University of Minnesota (624-3323). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). 'lass Schedule 1988-89 Fall Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule - Friday Evening (6:OO 9:30) BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 242 Principles of Management ECO 112 Principles of Macro-economics EDE 253 Orientation to Education (919-1114)(.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (919-1114)(.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (919-1017) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math (10121-1219)(.25) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (919-1114)(.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 245 Introduction to Literature MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts* NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* PHY 101 Astronomy* REL 363 Religion in America SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 345 Organizational Communication Saturday Morning (8:30-1200) BIO 185 Biology of Aging BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 495 Risk Management and Insurance CHM 109 General Chemistry* CSCl M I 7 4 Math for Computer Science* ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9110-1115)(.5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (9110-1115)(.5) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (10122-11119)(.25) EDE 377 K-El Science (9110-1018)(.25) EDE 388 K-El Health (9110-1018)(.25) ENG 227 Journalism* ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Century MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra (no credit) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing * PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy POL 342 Mass Communications in Society SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPC 113 Public Speaking SWK 257 Exploring Human Services . - Saturday --Afternoon (1:15-4:45) ART 352 Women's Art History BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 391 Business Law BUS 495 Ethics in Business ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics EDE 341 Media Technology (9110-1115)(.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (9110-1115)(.5) EDE 380 K-El Music (11119-12110) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (9110-1115) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing* HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (9110-1115)(.5) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I1 * ** PHI 130 Logic * PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 355 Brain and Behavior REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I* SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs Sunday Afternoon (1:15- 4:45) ART 132 Photography BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization BUS 423 Auditing EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading (9111-12111) EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (10123-11/20)(.25) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (9111-1019) (.25) EDS 364 English Methods (9111-1214) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (9111-1116) REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I * SWK 260 Humans Developing . I - Student Teaching (Dav Schedule Onlv) Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additionalclinical fee required. Winter Trimester, 1989 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30) ART 106 Calligraphy BUS 242 Principles of Management EDE 253 Orientation to Education (116-2124) (.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (116-2124) (.5) EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (116-2124) (.5) EDE 388 K-El Health (3110-3131) (.25) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (S) (116-2124)(.5) ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women in Fiction NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research * NUR 432 Topics in Nursing: Critical Care Nursing * PHY 111 Physics, Computers & Society* PSY 373 Organizational Psychology REL 111 Introduction to Theology SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication Saturday Morning (8:30- 1200) BIO 101 Human Biology BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 391 Business Law BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry* CSCl M I 7 5 Math for Computer Science 11* ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 341 Media Technology (117-2125) (.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (117-2125) (.5) EDE 363 Clinical Experience Seminar (3111-3118)(.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (3111-3118)(.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (117-1128) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math (117-2111) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* NUR 310 Community Health I * NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV * POL 342 Mass Communications REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation SOC 375 Social Psychology* SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SWK 363 Basic Methods and Skills I I I Afternoon (1:E-445) .Saturday BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 113 Microeconomics ECO 415 Managerial Economics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2111-411) (.5) EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments (2111-411) (.5) EDE 377 K-El Science (117, 1114,214) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (2111-411) (.5) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (117-1128) (.25) EDS 477 School and Society (117 - 2/25) (.5) ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions* ENG 396 Highlights of British Literature HIS 222 U.S. History since 1877 INS 231 Religion in African American History MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences* NUR 432 Topics: Critical Care Nursing PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11* SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 364 Field Work I - I I I I I Sunday Afternoon (1:E 445) ART 224 Publication Design BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design ECO 315 Money and Banking EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (2112-3112) (-25) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (118-1129) (.25) EDE 380 K-El Music (118-1129) (.25) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (118-2126) (.5) FRE 111 Beginning French I* HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education (EIS) (1129-3119) (.5) NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian I* REL 475 Judaism SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11* SWK 260 Humans Developing Student Teaching (Day Schedule Only) Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. *Extra class or lab session required. **Additionalclinical fee required. Spring Trimester, 8 8 9 Class Schedule I I Friday Evening (6:OO- 10:OO) BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing EDE 380 K-El Music (612-6123) (-25) EDE 382 K-El Math (515-6116) (.5) ENG 261 Modern Fiction HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (417-5119) (.5) INS 265 Women in American Culture MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences* REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Dev. a New World View SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1Communications Saturday Morning (8:OO- 1200) BIO 108 Microbiology* BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 391 Business Law CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts CSC 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks ECO 113 Principles of Micro-economics ECO 318 Management Science EDE 341 Media Technology (418-5120) (.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (4186120) (.5) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (418-6124) EDE 377 K-El Science (613-6124) (.25) EDS 477 School & Society (418-613) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 HIS 440 Topics in World History HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (418-5120) (.5) MAT 114 Elementary Functions* NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11* ** NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership & Management * ** PHI 120 Ethics REL 483 Christian Ethics SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SPC 351 Argumentation SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Saturday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO) BIO 105 Biology and Society BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 370 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 425 Advanced Accounting BUS 438 Investments BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 132 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5120-6124)(.5) EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments (5120-6124) (.5) EDE 363 Clinical Experience Seminar (5120-6117) (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (5120-6117) (.5) EDE 386 Children's Literature (418-613) (.5) EDE 388 K-El Health (418-516) (.25) EDS 468 Student Teaching Seminar (418-613) (.5) ENG 327 Advanced Journalism * NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research* PHI 130 Logic POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 General Psychology REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 355 Small Group Communication SWK 462 Field Work I1 Sunday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO) ART 107 Drawing BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 476 Structure Systems Analysis and Design ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 253 Orientation Education (419-5121) (.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (419-5121) (.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (614-6/25)(.25) EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (5121-6125) ( 5 ) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (419-517)(.25) FRE 112 Beginning French 11* NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian 11* SOC 365 Quant. Methods & Program Evaluation Student Teaching-.(Day Schedule Only) Student Teaching courses in elementary education are available during spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. - "Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additionalclinical fee required. I f ~ o t l r s Descriptions e 7I ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost $125-150). Distribution: ArtlMusic Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major ARTISPC 224 Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictoral images. Emphasis wil be placed on the creative thought process. Distribution: ArtlMusic Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major I I I ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - as artists, as subjects, and as patrons. Distribution: ArtlMusic, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies, (upper division) BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: ChemistrylBiology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major BIO 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology or Women & Minority Studies BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spreadsheets (LOTUS) and data bases (DBASE). Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq. : Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra) Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and f u n d a ~ e n t a l of s managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 221) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Marketing Communications major BUSlECO Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business 279 An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement I11 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and long- term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,242,252,279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221,331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 355 Marketing Communications A look at the communications aspects of marketing by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in Marketing Communication major, Public RelationslAdvertising major, or Supervisory Management (upper division) BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Current topics &volving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (DBASE), graphics, information retrieval using- telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: BUS 331) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly implement several system designs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycle process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUSlECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and 479 Business Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: BUS 175, 279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) BUS 495 Topics: Risk Management and Insurance A study of risk management. Emphasis on the function of (1) determination of exposure to risk; (2) analysis or risk and losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of risk insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel risks facing a business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework of the economy. Major: Elective for Busines Administration major CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human psysiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required for MIS major CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor. CSClMAT Mathematics for Computing I, I1 174,175 A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for MAT 174; MAT 174 for MAT 175) Major: Required for MIS major CSC 240 Survey of Computer Sciences An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT m) Major: Elective for MIS major CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: EconomicslPoliticalScience Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: ECO 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, BUS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) ECO 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business.) EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken. Major: Required for Elementary major EDElEDS Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of 341 communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major (upper division) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments:Kindergarten-Elementary (.5 course) The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (1.0 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement included in this class. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 363 Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course) Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical at least 2 months prior to date they intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately halfway through the K-Elementary course sequence. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 364 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 376 Kindergarten